US20180153313A1 - Shelf management system, components thereof, and related methods - Google Patents

Shelf management system, components thereof, and related methods Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20180153313A1
US20180153313A1 US15/832,500 US201715832500A US2018153313A1 US 20180153313 A1 US20180153313 A1 US 20180153313A1 US 201715832500 A US201715832500 A US 201715832500A US 2018153313 A1 US2018153313 A1 US 2018153313A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
shelf
pusher
shelf management
tray
management system
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US15/832,500
Other versions
US10959540B2 (en
Inventor
Julia Padvoiskis
Matthew Wills
Eric Pollpeter
Michael William Mercier
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Retail Space Solutions LLC
Original Assignee
Retail Space Solutions LLC
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Retail Space Solutions LLC filed Critical Retail Space Solutions LLC
Priority to US15/832,500 priority Critical patent/US10959540B2/en
Assigned to RETAIL SPACE SOLUTIONS LLC reassignment RETAIL SPACE SOLUTIONS LLC ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MERCIER, MICHAEL WILLIAM, PADVOISKIS, Julia, POLLPETER, Eric, WILLS, Matthew
Publication of US20180153313A1 publication Critical patent/US20180153313A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US10959540B2 publication Critical patent/US10959540B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47FSPECIAL FURNITURE, FITTINGS, OR ACCESSORIES FOR SHOPS, STOREHOUSES, BARS, RESTAURANTS OR THE LIKE; PAYING COUNTERS
    • A47F1/00Racks for dispensing merchandise; Containers for dispensing merchandise
    • A47F1/04Racks or containers with arrangements for dispensing articles, e.g. by means of gravity or springs
    • A47F1/12Racks or containers with arrangements for dispensing articles, e.g. by means of gravity or springs dispensing from the side of an approximately horizontal stack
    • A47F1/125Racks or containers with arrangements for dispensing articles, e.g. by means of gravity or springs dispensing from the side of an approximately horizontal stack with an article-pushing device
    • A47F1/126Racks or containers with arrangements for dispensing articles, e.g. by means of gravity or springs dispensing from the side of an approximately horizontal stack with an article-pushing device the pushing device being urged by spring means
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47BTABLES; DESKS; OFFICE FURNITURE; CABINETS; DRAWERS; GENERAL DETAILS OF FURNITURE
    • A47B57/00Cabinets, racks or shelf units, characterised by features for adjusting shelves or partitions
    • A47B57/58Cabinets, racks or shelf units, characterised by features for adjusting shelves or partitions with means for adjusting partitions horizontally
    • A47B57/583Cabinets, racks or shelf units, characterised by features for adjusting shelves or partitions with means for adjusting partitions horizontally by sliding
    • A47B57/585Cabinets, racks or shelf units, characterised by features for adjusting shelves or partitions with means for adjusting partitions horizontally by sliding with connection means slidable in a rail
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47BTABLES; DESKS; OFFICE FURNITURE; CABINETS; DRAWERS; GENERAL DETAILS OF FURNITURE
    • A47B57/00Cabinets, racks or shelf units, characterised by features for adjusting shelves or partitions
    • A47B57/58Cabinets, racks or shelf units, characterised by features for adjusting shelves or partitions with means for adjusting partitions horizontally
    • A47B57/583Cabinets, racks or shelf units, characterised by features for adjusting shelves or partitions with means for adjusting partitions horizontally by sliding
    • A47B57/586Cabinets, racks or shelf units, characterised by features for adjusting shelves or partitions with means for adjusting partitions horizontally by sliding with connection means movable by sliding on the outside of a rail
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47FSPECIAL FURNITURE, FITTINGS, OR ACCESSORIES FOR SHOPS, STOREHOUSES, BARS, RESTAURANTS OR THE LIKE; PAYING COUNTERS
    • A47F5/00Show stands, hangers, or shelves characterised by their constructional features
    • A47F5/0043Show shelves
    • A47F5/005Partitions therefore

Definitions

  • This invention relates generally to merchandise display structures, and more specifically to customizable display structures capable of universally fitting and automatically facing desired products and methods relating to same.
  • pushers have been designed with dampers to slow the progression of the pusher as product is removed from the merchandiser so that the pusher does not exert too much force against the displayed product (which could damage the product and/or force it out of the merchandiser unintentionally).
  • dampers to slow the progression of the pusher as product is removed from the merchandiser so that the pusher does not exert too much force against the displayed product (which could damage the product and/or force it out of the merchandiser unintentionally).
  • Other improvements include systems having pushers that can be adjusted in width (e.g., such as by having pivoting members to widen the reach of a pusher) or adjusted in height (e.g., such as by attaching a pusher attachment that extends the upper bounds of the pusher).
  • FIGS. 1A-C are perspective, left side elevation and front elevation views, respectively, of a universal merchandiser as configured in accordance with various embodiments of the invention, with the universal merchandiser being illustrated with both a fixed shelf unit and a bar support unit or suspended bar version;
  • FIG. 2 comprises a perspective view of a portion of the fixed shelf unit of FIGS. 1A-C illustrating an end bracket and an interstitial bracket;
  • FIGS. 3A-B are enlarged perspective views of the front and rear, respectively, of the fully assembled interstitial bracket of FIG. 2 ;
  • FIGS. 4A-F are upper perspective, front elevation, rear elevation, left side elevation, top plan and lower perspective views, respectively, of the body of the interstitial bracket of FIG. 2 ;
  • FIGS. 5A-C are upper perspective, front elevation and lower perspective views, respectively, of a right side slider or pusher structure in accordance with aspects of the invention.
  • FIGS. 6A-C are upper perspective, front elevation and lower perspective views, respectively, of a left side slider or pusher structure in accordance with aspects of the invention.
  • FIG. 7 comprises a perspective view of the left side end bracket of FIGS. 1A-C in accordance with aspects of the invention illustrated without the friction reducing structure attached to the body of the bracket;
  • FIGS. 8A-B are upper and lower perspective views, respectively, of the right side end bracket of FIGS. 1A-C and 2 illustrated without the friction reducing structure attached to the body of the bracket;
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view of the fixed shelf unit of FIGS. 1A-C illustrating the fully assembled brackets with roller type friction reducing structures and having product such as cereal boxes displayed in the universal merchandiser;
  • FIG. 10A are perspective views of an alternate friction reducing structure in accordance with the invention, with FIG. 10B being an enlarged partial perspective view of the front of the interstitial bracket illustrated in FIG. 10A ;
  • FIG. 11 comprises a perspective view of the alternate friction reducing structure of FIGS. 10A-B illustrating the flat bar or belt like shape of same;
  • FIG. 12 comprises a perspective view of the fixed shelf unit of FIGS. 1A-C using the alternate friction reducing structure of FIGS. 10A-11 to move smaller product with higher centers of gravity, such as potato chip containers, which may be easier moved with a friction reducing structure having a continuous surface rather than rollers;
  • FIG. 13 comprises a perspective view of an alternate fixed shelf unit in accordance with the invention, in which the brackets are mounted to the shelf in a manner that allows for a limited range of lateral movement of each bracket rather than the much wider range of lateral movement provided in the embodiment of FIGS. 1A-C ;
  • FIG. 14 is a perspective view of a portion of the suspended bar version or bar support unit of the universal merchandiser of FIGS. 1A-C ;
  • FIGS. 15A-B are perspective and cross-sectional views, respectively, of the front of the interstitial bar support unit of FIG. 14 , with the cross-section of FIG. 15B taken along line 15 B- 15 B in FIG. 15A pusher or slider assembly;
  • FIGS. 15C-D are perspective and cross-sectional views, respectively, of the rear of the interstitial bar support unit of FIG. 14 , with the cross-section of FIG. 15D being taken along line 15 D- 15 D in FIG. 15C ;
  • FIG. 15E comprises a perspective view of the support bracket used for the bar support unit of FIG. 15A according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIGS. 16A-C are perspective, left side elevation, and cross-sectional views, respectively, of the front of the end bracket of FIG. 14 , with the cross-section taken through the center of the bracket and bracket support illustrated in FIG. 16A ;
  • FIGS. 16D-E are side elevation and cross-sectional views, respectively, of the rear of the end bracket of FIG. 14 , with the cross-section taken through the center of the bracket and bracket support illustrated in FIG. 16A ;
  • FIGS. 17A-D are left side perspective, right side perspective, front elevation and left side elevation views, respectively, of the mounting bracket illustrated in use with the bar support unit of FIG. 14 ;
  • FIGS. 18A-D comprise side elevation views of the mounting bar and bracket of the bar support unit of FIG. 14 with FIG. 18A illustrating the mounting bar and bracket in position to hold the bar support member at an initial horizontal position, FIG. 18B illustrating the mounting bar and bracket in position to hold the bar support member at an angled position, FIG. 18C illustrating the mounting bar and bracket in position to hold the bar support member at a raised horizontal position and FIG. 18D illustrating the mounting bar and bracket in position to hold the bar support member at a raised angled position (noting that the order of these orientations may be reversed so that the mounting bar and bracket start at an initial position that is higher and can be rotated to provide horizontal and angled positions that are lower if desired);
  • FIGS. 19A-B are perspective and left side elevation views of the mounting bar of FIG. 14 ;
  • FIG. 20 is a perspective view of an alternate bar support unit in accordance with the invention in which a slide and pusher assembly similar to the slide and pusher of FIGS. 10A-12 is shown used in conjunction with a conventional square bar and mounting bracket;
  • FIGS. 21A-B are front and rear perspective views, respectively, of an alternate bar support unit in accordance with the invention in which optional risers are shown connected to the universal merchandiser to accommodate dispensing of stacked products, with FIG. 21B being a rear perspective of a cross-section of FIG. 21A taken along line 21 B- 21 B in FIG. 21A ;
  • FIG. 22 comprises a side perspective view of an alternate mounting bar and bracket for a bar support unit in accordance with aspects of the invention in which a single pivotable stabilizing member is used to secure the support arms in position along the mounting bar;
  • FIG. 23A-B are front perspective and side elevation views, respectively, of an alternate mounting bar and bracket for a bar support unit in accordance with aspects of the invention in which an alternate pivoting stabilizer is used to secure each support arm in position along the mounting bar;
  • FIGS. 24A-D are side elevation views of an alternate mounting bar and bracket for a bar support unit in accordance with aspects of the invention inch which a multi-positional mounting bracket is used to position a conventional square mounting bar in four different positions with each position allowing the support bar to be raised or lowered a predetermined amount of distance (a reference line has been added transcending all figures to illustrate how ninety degree rotations of the mounting bracket result in corresponding changes in the positioning of the support bar);
  • FIGS. 25A-B are partially exploded and perspective views of an alternate mounting bar and support bar configuration in accordance with aspects of the invention in which FIG. 25A illustrates an alternate cammed fastener exploded from the support bracket and FIG. 25B illustrates the cammed fastener inserted into the support bracket and pivoted or turned in order to secure the support arm to the mounting bar without risking puncture of the mounting bar or other damage to same;
  • FIGS. 26A-D are perspective, front elevation, left side elevation and bottom views, respectively, of an alternate universal merchandiser assembly with a lockable dampened pusher as configured in accordance with various embodiments of the invention, with FIGS. 26C and 26D having break lines to allow for larger images to be shown with more detail;
  • FIGS. 26E-F are enlarged perspective views of the pusher assembly of FIGS. 26A-D illustrating part of an exemplary and optional lock mechanism in locked and released positions, respectively;
  • FIGS. 26G-H are enlarged partial perspective views of the rear carriage portion of the universal merchandiser of FIGS. 26A-F (illustrated without the pusher in FIG. 26G ), showing how the damper mates with the pusher and how the internal damper components are connected to the carriage and how the carriage is symmetrical to allow the internal components to be connected in a mirror image orientation for use on the opposite side of the divider;
  • FIGS. 26I-J are enlarged partial perspective and left side elevation views, respectively, of the lock mechanism and glide bar of FIGS. 26A-H , illustrating how the lock mechanism and glide bar cooperate to form the track for the damper (see FIG. 26I ) and how the lock mechanism is connected to the rear of the universal merchandiser bracket and release mechanism (see FIG. 26J );
  • FIGS. 27A-C are perspective views of exemplary pusher accessories that may be mounted onto the pusher to assist front facing of certain products so that the merchandiser can be customized and readily changed to accommodate specific product being pushed, with FIG. 27A illustrating the pusher and an exemplary accessory having an open area to separate a first and section portion which assists in the manufacturing thereof and FIGS. 27B-C illustrating alternate exemplary accessories;
  • FIG. 28A is a perspective view of an alternate exemplary embodiment of a universal merchandiser assembly in accordance with various aspects of the invention illustrating an alternate embodiment of the release mechanism;
  • FIG. 28B is an enlarged rear perspective view of the front of the universal merchandiser assembly of FIG. 28A illustrating how it connects into the front mount and how the front mount connects to a shelving unit;
  • FIGS. 28C-D are enlarged perspective and side elevation views of the front of the universal merchandiser assembly of FIGS. 28A-B illustrating in greater detail the alternate embodiment of the release mechanism;
  • FIGS. 29A-B are rear and front perspective views, respectively, of an alternate universal merchandiser assembly in accordance with another embodiment of the invention, with FIG. 29A illustrating a product divider assembly having two product holders or slides on opposite sides of the divider and FIG. 29B illustrating a cleaner front perspective view of just the product holders or slides showing how the structures engage one another and the universal merchandising assembly
  • FIGS. 30A-B are enlarged side elevation views of the front of an alternate universal merchandiser assembly in accordance with another embodiment of the invention, with FIG. 30A illustrating a product divider assembly being engaged with a front portion of a rail to prevent and/or limit lateral movement along the rail, and FIG. 30B illustrating the product divider assembly being partially disengaged with the front portion of the rail to allow lateral movement along the rail while still being partially secured thereto;
  • FIGS. 31A-C are enlarged perspective views of the rear of an alternate universal merchandiser assembly in accordance with another embodiment of the invention, with FIG. 31A illustrating a product divider assembly having an opening that is disengaged from a toothed or combed support structure, FIG. 31B illustrating the product divider assembly being in a raised, partially disengaged position to still allow lateral movement of the divider assembly along the length of the combed support structure, and FIG. 31C illustrating the divider assembly being in a lowered engaged configuration whereby lateral movement of the divider assembly is minimized due to engagement with the combed support structure;
  • FIG. 32 is a perspective view of an alternate combed support structure for a shelf-based universal merchandiser assembly
  • FIGS. 33A-C are enlarged perspective and side elevation views of the rear of an alternate universal merchandiser stabilizing assembly being used in a grid-type merchandising environment in accordance with another embodiment of the invention, with FIGS. 33A-B illustrating a divider assembly being secured by the stabilizing mechanism and FIG. 33C illustrating the stabilizing mechanism being disengaged from the divider assembly to allow movement of the divider assembly;
  • FIGS. 34A-C are perspective, enlarged perspective, and cross sectional views of an alternate universal merchandiser assembly having an integral pusher track and damper rack, with FIGS. 34A-B illustrating a low profile front rail and a pusher release mechanism, and FIG. 34C illustrating the pusher release mechanism;
  • FIGS. 34D-E are side elevation views of the alternate universal merchandiser assembly of FIGS. 34A-C , with FIG. 34D illustrating the divider assembly being disengaged from the low profile front rail and FIG. 34E illustrating the divider assembly being movably engaged with a ridge or protrusion of the low profile front rail to limit lateral movement of the divider assembly;
  • FIGS. 34F-G are enlarged rear perspective views of the alternate universal merchandiser assembly of FIGS. 34A-G which illustrate the guide structure which ensures the pusher properly engages the pusher release mechanism and deformable hooks at the end of the integral track and rack which allow the pusher to be installed and/or removed therefrom;
  • FIGS. 35A-B are perspective and side elevation views of an alternate universal merchandiser assembly being useable on a bar-type gondola and being able to accommodate bars and/or gondolas having a number of different dimensions, with FIG. 35B illustrating an integral front rail, price channel, and pusher release mechanism; and
  • FIG. 35C-D illustrate enlarged front perspective and cross sectional rear side elevation views of the alternate universal merchandiser assembly of FIGS. 35A-B , with FIG. 35C having the pusher removed to illustrate the damper gear assembly, and with FIG. 35D illustrating the pusher assembly being secured in a rearward position using a separate gear on the damper assembly that engages the pusher release mechanism to prevent forward movement of the pusher.
  • FIGS. 36A-D illustrate a merchandiser assembly having a frictional front rail and divider engagement
  • FIG. 36A being a perspective view of a portion of a front rail and divider
  • FIG. 36B being a left side elevation view of the portion of the front rail and divider shown in cross-section
  • FIG. 36C being another cross-section view of the portion of the front rail and divider but illustrating it being lifted to permit horizontal movement of the divider along the rail
  • FIG. 36D being a perspective view of the portion of the front rail being deformed or moved in an alternate way to allow for horizontal adjustment of the divider.
  • FIGS. 36E-F illustrate left side elevation views of alternative front rails for use in the assembly of FIGS. 36A-D , with FIG. 36E illustrating three potential locations for a frictional member to engage with and/or hinder the divider from horizontal movement within the rail (and two different shapes for such frictional members), and FIG. 36F illustrating yet another alternate shape and location of a frictional member for engaging and/or hindering a divider from horizontal movement within the rail.
  • FIGS. 37A-B illustrate a left side elevation and perspective views respectively of a merchandiser assembly having a frictional front rail and divider engagement, with FIG. 37A illustrating three potential locations for a frictional member to be located on the divider and FIG. 37B illustrating a pair of dividers having the frictional member at one of the illustrated locations.
  • FIGS. 38A-C illustrate a left side elevation and perspective view of a merchandiser system having a frictional pad for securing the merchandiser assembly to a surface, such as a shelf.
  • FIG. 38A is a left side elevation illustrating the assembly of a divider, front rail, and pad.
  • FIG. 38B shows a pair of the pads with front rails and rear stabilizers.
  • FIG. 38C illustrates the pair of pads from FIG. 38B with one pad inverted to illustrate the bottom surface.
  • FIGS. 39A-D illustrate a merchandiser system shelf component assembly comprising a shelf component support and a shelf component.
  • FIG. 39A is a perspective view of the shelf component support.
  • FIG. 39B is a perspective view of the assembly including the support of FIG. 39A .
  • FIG. 39C is a side elevation of the assembly of FIG. 39B .
  • FIG. 39D is a top plan view of the assembly of FIGS. 39B-C .
  • FIGS. 40A-B illustrate a shelf component support including features for reducing the weight and amount of material.
  • FIG. 40A is a top plan view of the shelf component support.
  • FIG. 40B is a bottom plan view of the shelf component support of FIG. 40A .
  • FIG. 41 is a bottom plan view of a shelf component support having a plurality of high friction strips for releasably coupling to a shelf.
  • FIG. 42 is a top plan view of a merchandising system comprising a plurality of shelf component supports and shelf components.
  • FIG. 43A is a perspective view of a product display system having a plurality of shelf component supports and shelf components on a shelf.
  • FIG. 43B is an end view of the product display system of FIG. 43A .
  • FIG. 43C is a bottom view of the product display system of FIGS. 43A-43B with the shelf removed to better illustrate the shelf component supports and shelf components.
  • FIG. 43D is an end view of the display system of FIGS. 43A-43C with the shelf component pivoted upward to disengage the support.
  • FIG. 43E is an end view of the display system of FIGS. 43A-43D with the shelf component pivoted downward to engage the support.
  • FIG. 43F is a bottom perspective exploded view of the shelf component of FIGS. 43A-43E showing the mounting structure.
  • FIG. 43G is a top perspective view of a shelf component support of the display system of FIGS. 43A-43E .
  • FIG. 43H is a bottom perspective exploded view of the shelf component support of FIG. 43G .
  • the product display includes a pair of upstanding vertical supports, at least one product support structure having a plurality of protrusions extending laterally therefrom that is connected to the upstanding vertical supports, a friction-reducing component that couples to the protrusions of the product support structure, and a stopping mechanism coupled to a distal end of the product support structure.
  • the product support structure further includes a biasing member coupled to the friction-reducing component configured to urge the product to an end of the product support structure.
  • the biasing member is a pusher or slider assembly having a face, bottom surface, and an attachment portion, and is configured to allow the friction-reducing component to nest within the slider attachment portion.
  • the friction reducing component comprises a plurality of cylindrical rollers having an inner through bore and are coupled to the protrusions of the product support structure on a single side of the roller.
  • the friction reducing component comprises an elongated flat slide bar or belt member having a plurality of holes configured to mate with the plurality of protrusions extending from the product support structure.
  • a combination of rollers and slide bar or belt members may be used (e.g., having a roller portion and bar portion, alternating from roller to bar to roller or vice versa, etc.).
  • the product display further includes an information display device pivotally mated to the product support structure so that it may be rotated to display a first set of information on a front side, and a second set of information on a rear side.
  • the information display device may be a pivotal or rotatable price channel that allows for a product price to be displayed in a first position and a SKU number or bar code to be accessed or displayed in a second position.
  • the product support structure mates with a horizontal shelf and is configured to be placed at any distance between the pair of upstanding vertical supports.
  • the upstanding vertical supports are laterally movable about a plurality of positions.
  • the support structures are suspended from a bar without a shelf present.
  • the product support structure extends from the upstanding vertical support at an angle less than about 90 degrees.
  • the support structure is angled so that gravitational forces assist the product in moving towards a protruding or distal end of the product support structure.
  • a rotatable bracket is used to allow the product support structures to be positioned at a plurality of angles with respect to the bar and/or the vertical support structure or gondola to which they are mounted.
  • a product display apparatus includes a product divider assembly having a front portion, a rear portion, and a divider, a pusher operatively coupled to the product divider assembly to assist in moving displayed products from the rear portion of the product divider assembly to the front portion thereof, and an integral forward structure and pusher locking release mechanism coupled to the front portion of the product divider assembly.
  • the pusher is configured to be engageable with the rear portion of the product divider assembly such that the pusher is retained at the rear portion thereof.
  • the integral forward structure and pusher locking release mechanism is configured to be actuated by effecting a force on a portion thereof to disengage the pusher from the rear portion of the product divider assembly.
  • the integral forward structure and pusher locking mechanism may comprise a front rail which is configured to couple to and support at least a portion of the front portion of the product divider assembly.
  • the integral forward structure and pusher locking release mechanism may include an information channel (e.g., a price channel) which displays information relating to the displayed product. This information channel is configured to at least partially support at least a portion of the front portion of the product divider assembly.
  • the product display apparatus may include an integral forward structure and pusher locking release mechanism includes both a front rail and an information channel.
  • a product display apparatus may include a product divider assembly having front and rear portions and a divider to divide a number of displayed products into rows, a pusher having an axis and being operatively coupled to the product divider assembly, and a damper attachment having an axis and being configured to be coupled to the pusher to dampen movement of the pusher.
  • This damper attachment is coupled to a rear portion of the pusher such that the damper attachment axis is collinear with the pusher axis. So configured, the amount of torque generated by the pusher during movement from the rear portion of the product divider assembly to the front portion of the product divider assembly is limited.
  • this damper attachment may be removable from the pusher using any number of conventionally known methods.
  • the damper attachment may be an integral component of the pusher.
  • a product display apparatus may include a product divider assembly having front and rear portions, a divider, and an integrally formed track assembly, a pusher being operatively coupled to the integrally formed track assembly, and at least one of a damper attachment coupled to a rear portion of the pusher and a pusher locking release mechanism configured to be actuated by effecting a force on a portion of the product divider assembly to disengage the pusher from the rear portion of the product divider assembly.
  • This pusher locking release mechanism may be coupled to the front portion of the divider assembly. It will be understood that in some forms, the damper attachment and the pusher locking release mechanism may be provided.
  • a product display apparatus having a product divider assembly, at least one attachment coupled to the product divider assembly and defining a recess, and a pusher operatively coupled to the product divider assembly. This pusher is configured to be at least partially operably disposed in the recess defined by the at least one attachment.
  • a dual engagement product display apparatus includes a rail having a length extending between a portion of a product display and a product divider assembly being operably coupled to the rail to divide a plurality of displayed products into rows.
  • the product divider assembly is configured to be movable between a first position in which the product divider is coupled to the rail while still allowing for lateral movement along the length of the rail and a second position where the assembly is frictionally coupled to the rail to hinder lateral movement along the length of the rail.
  • the rail may be a front rail being coupled to the front portion of the product divider assembly and/or a rear rail being coupled to the rear portion of the product divider assembly.
  • the product divider assembly may include a clearance for allowing a stabilizing device to be disengaged such that the product display apparatus may be laterally movable when the product display is in the first position. This clearance may allow the product divider assembly to be engaged with the stabilizing device such that lateral movement of the product display apparatus is hindered when in the second position.
  • the product divider assembly may include an angled opening to allow the product divider assembly to be moved between a first position where the product divider assembly does not engage a stabilizing device so as to allow lateral movement of the product divider assembly and a second position where the angled opening engages the stabilizing device to limit lateral movement of the product divider assembly.
  • a product display apparatus may include a product divider assembly having a damper rack, a pusher being operatively coupled to the product divider assembly, and a compound gear having a first gear portion and a second gear portion.
  • the first gear portion includes gear teeth configured to engage the damper rack
  • the second gear portion is configured to engage a locking device for locking the pusher at the rear portion of the product divider assembly.
  • this locking device is a pawl which engages the second gear portion of the compound gear.
  • a dual engagement product display apparatus may include a stabilizer having a length extending between a at least a portion of a product display and a product diver assembly. Upon moving one of the stabilizer or the product divider assembly in a first direction, a clearance between the stabilizer and the product divider assembly is created that allows for lateral movement of the product divider assembly with respect to the stabilizer. Upon moving one of the stabilizer or the product divider assembly in a second direction, lateral movement of the product divider assembly with respect to the stabilizer is hindered.
  • the stabilizer comprises a combed or toothed structure disposed near the rear portion of the product divider assembly. It is understood that the stabilizer may alternatively be disposed near the front portion of the product divider assembly.
  • a method of displaying a product is provided.
  • a product divider assembly is provided and a pusher having an axis is operably coupled to the divider assembly.
  • a damper having an axis is then coupled to the pusher such that movement of the pusher from the rear to the front portion of the product divider assembly is dampened.
  • This damper attachment is coupled to a rear portion of the pusher such that the axis of the damper attachment is in line with the axis of the pusher so as to limit the amount of torque generated by the pusher during movement of the pusher.
  • an illustrative example of an upright merchandiser 100 that is compatible with many of these teachings can include a vertical support structure 110 , fixed shelf display 120 , shelf 122 , bar display 202 , end brackets 150 , 250 , rotatable bracket 220 , bar 230 , and interstitial supports, such as arm support members or dividers 180 , 280 . Together the arm support members 180 , 280 and corresponding end brackets 150 , 250 serve as product support members. More of these structures may be added to provide multiple rows or columns of product as desired in a particular display.
  • the fixed shelf 122 , end brackets 150 , and arm support member 180 mount to the vertical support structures 110 and extend outwardly therefrom to form the shelf display 120 .
  • the vertical support structures 110 , end brackets 250 , rotatable bracket 220 , bar 230 , and arm support member 280 are mated together to form the bar display 202 .
  • the vertical support structures 110 are of the conventional nature and include elongated slots 112 for mounting a number of display devices.
  • the elongated slots 112 are spaced 1 inch (1′′) apart along the vertical support structures 110 , allowing a merchandiser to choose a variety of display mount heights.
  • These vertical support structures 110 are well known to those having skill in the art, and for the sake of brevity and the preservation of focus, will not be discussed further.
  • the fixed shelf display 120 includes a shelf 122 , a first shelf mount, such as rear shelf mount 124 , a second shelf mount, such as front shelf mount 126 , arm support member 180 having a support structure arm 181 extending upwardly, front mounting portion 186 and rear mounting portion 188 , and end brackets 150 having front mounting portion 156 and rear mounting portion 158 .
  • all of components of the end brackets 150 and arm support member 180 are constructed of extruded or injection molded polymers or similar materials to reduce costs as compared to conventional metal parts.
  • the components of the end brackets 150 and arm support member 180 are constructed of a combination of plastics and metals (e.g., plastic body with metal bushings or bearings, etc.).
  • the shelf 122 mounts to the vertical support structures 110 through conventional methods.
  • both lateral ends of the shelf 122 may include elongated hooked-shaped tabbed members (not shown) which are configured to insert into the elongated slots 112 to securely mount the shelf display 120 .
  • the rear and front shelf mounts 124 , 126 are configured to mate to the upper surface of the shelf 122 .
  • the shelf mounts 124 , 126 may be configured to be secured to the shelf by a snap or friction fit.
  • the shelf mounts 124 , 126 may be secured to the shelf using screws, nuts and bolts, or other conventional fastening methods.
  • the shelf mounts 124 , 126 include an elongated C-shaped channel 125 , 127 that extends along the longitudinal length of the shelf mount which allows the corresponding front and rear mounting attachments 186 , 188 of the arm 180 to mate or connect thereto.
  • mounting attachments 186 , 188 and channels 125 , 127 are configured with a mating arrangement such as a tongue and groove arrangement, a dovetail or mortise and tenon arrangement, etc.).
  • the channel 125 , 127 is C-shaped in cross-section and captures a rounded insert member of mounting attachments 186 , 188 .
  • the front mounting attachment 186 may be an integral part of the support structure arm 181 of the arm support member 180 . In other embodiments, the front mounting attachment 186 may be coupled to the support structure arm 181 through various conventional connecting methods including snap or press fitting. Similarly, in some embodiments, the rear mounting portion 188 may be an integral part of the support structure arm 181 , and in other embodiments, the rear mounting portion 188 may be coupled to the support structure arm 181 through various conventional connecting methods.
  • the front and rear mounting portions 186 , 188 include elongated circular tabbed portions 187 , 189 which are either snap-fitted into the elongated channels 125 , 127 or slid in through opening either in the upper surfaces or sides of the channels 125 , 127 , thus allowing the arm support member 180 to slide laterally across the shelf 122 .
  • This configuration allows the retailer to select any number of positions for the support arm 180 , thus enabling the shelf display 120 to easily display products having a wide variety of widths by sliding the support arm 180 to a desired lateral position. Additional support arms 180 may be added as needed to support the desired number of products or columns/rows of product.
  • the support structure arm 181 includes raised portions 184 to provide adequate clearance of the shelf mounts 124 , 126 while retaining a flat, stable surface against the shelf 122 . This allows the support structure 180 to sit firmly and squarely on the shelf 122 .
  • the clearance provided for raised portions 184 is just enough to allow the support structure to be positioned laterally about mounts 124 , 126 with ease but allow the bottom surface of the raised portion 184 to rest against the upper surface of mounts 124 , 126 to further support structure 180 firmly and squarely on shelf 122 .
  • the shelf display 120 also includes end brackets 150 at opposing lateral edges of the shelf 120 or at whatever end position is desired for the display if not at the lateral edge of the shelf 122 .
  • end brackets 150 are configured in a similar manner as the arm support member 180 and include end bracket arm 151 which extends upwardly, front and rear mounting portions 156 , 158 which may be an integral part of the end bracket arm 151 or may be coupled to the end bracket arm 151 through various conventional connecting methods. The same is true for support member 180 .
  • the front and rear mounting portions 156 , 158 further include mounting member portions, such as elongated circular tabbed portions 157 , 159 , which are inserted into the elongated channels 125 , 127 , thus allowing the end brackets to slide laterally across the shelf 122 .
  • the end bracket includes raised portions 154 to provide adequate clearance of the shelf mounts 124 , 126 while retaining a flat, stable surface against the shelf 122 .
  • lateral movement of the end bracket 150 is restricted in at least one direction at the vertical supports 110 due to the end bracket 150 extending in a rearward distance further than the forward projection of the vertical support structures 110 .
  • Such a configuration eliminates the possibility of laterally sliding an end bracket 150 off of the shelf 122 .
  • spacing may be provided so that the end brackets 150 and support structures 180 may be slid into engagement with channels 125 , 127 as desired.
  • movement of the end brackets 150 away from the outer edges of the shelf 122 e.g., toward the center of the shelf
  • the arm support member 180 includes a plurality of mounting projections 192 that span at least a portion of the longitudinal length of the support structure arm 181 .
  • the projections 192 span the longitudinal length of the support structure 180 .
  • the mounting projections 192 are integrally formed with the support structure arm 181 and thus are constructed of extruded or molded plastic or other similar materials.
  • the mounting projections 192 are generally cylindrically shaped posts having a recess or cutout, such as a tab, on their distal end, and are configured to allow a friction reducing component to be snap fit or press fit thereon.
  • the friction reducing component may be connected via other types of fasteners, such as by bolt, screw, pin, rivet, etc. Preferably such connections will allow the friction reduction component to retain clearance with respect to the projections 192 and to remain moveable with respect to the projections if so desired.
  • the friction reducing component is a plurality of rollers 194 having both cylindrical inner and outer surfaces, thus providing for rotation about the mounting projections 192 . Due to the snap-fit connection between the mounting projections 192 and the rollers 194 , lateral movement of the rollers 194 along the mounting projections 192 is largely if not completely restricted.
  • the rollers 194 may be made from the same material as the support structure 180 and end brackets 150 .
  • the rollers 194 may be made of a special material specifically intended to further reduce friction between the product being displayed and the display (e.g., support structure 180 , end brackets 150 ).
  • the rollers are made of polyethylene like the support structure 180 and end brackets 150 , but further include silicon to help reduce friction between the products being displayed and the display.
  • the end brackets 150 include mounting projections 162 that span at least a portion of the longitudinal length of the arm end bracket 150 and, preferably, the entire longitudinal length. These mounting projections 162 are configured in an identical manner to the mounting projections 192 of the support member 180 , thus they allow rollers 194 (not shown) to be attached thereto.
  • each roller 194 requires only a single projection 162 to attach to, both size and costs are significantly reduced. Supporting the rollers 194 on a single side of the end bracket 150 or arm support member 180 further reduces the amount of material necessary to provide a rolling surface as compared to conventional rollers having “axles” extending from opposing sides.
  • the mounting projections 192 are placed in offset positions. More specifically, the mounting projections 192 on one side of the support structure arm 181 are placed within the empty area between the mounting projections 192 on the other side of the support structure arm 181 , or in a half-pitch configuration. This offset configuration provides for a smoother product transition along rollers as it slides, thus reducing the potential of the product tipping during movement.
  • this configuration ensures that the leading edge of the product being supported by rollers 194 will always be on a roller on one side or the other thereby reducing the risk that the product will pitch, tip or lean forward as move from the rear of the shelf to the front of the shelf which could otherwise cause product hang-ups, misalignment or problems with getting the product to front face in the display.
  • the rollers facing each other from one side of the supper member 180 and the end bracket 150 would also maintain this offset for the same reason. This offset is particularly helpful when dealing with smaller product and/or product with high centers of gravity and keeps these items traveling smoothly and without vibration or bounce when moving from the rear of the shelf to the front of the shelf.
  • a support member 180 slides laterally along the shelf 122 until the support structure arm 181 is spaced at a distance from the end bracket arm 151 that is slightly greater than the product to be displayed, thus creating a product housing region 195 .
  • multiple support members 180 are placed on the shelf 122 and are appropriately spaced so as to allow a product to be placed between support structure arms 181 , creating a similar product housing region 195 .
  • the support structure arms 181 and end bracket arm 151 sufficiently extend vertically to serve as a partition or divider to restrict a product from lateral movement or from tipping in the lateral direction of the shelf.
  • the product 105 is placed on the rollers 194 connected to either the mounting projections 162 of the end bracket 150 or the mounting projections 192 of the support arm 180 .
  • the product 105 may then be faced at the front of the shelf, where the front mounting attachments 156 , 186 of the end bracket 150 and arm support member 180 extend laterally inwards and upwards, such as stops projecting into the product housing region 195 to restrict the product 105 from moving beyond the length of the shelf 122 .
  • the friction reducing component comprises a flat slide bar or belt piece 197 which replaces the rollers 194 to provide a product sliding surface.
  • it is made of polyethylene and silicon (e.g., silicon infused polyethylene) to further reduce friction between the product being displayed and the slide 197 .
  • this display may be configured with support structures 180 , 150 made of a first material (e.g., polyethylene) and friction reducing components made of a second material different from the first (e.g., silicon infused polyethylene).
  • the flat slide bar or belt piece 197 is constructed of plastic and formed using any of the methods previously mentioned.
  • the flat slide bar or belt piece 197 defines openings or holes 198 which allow it to be snap-fit onto the mounting projections 162 of the end bracket 150 or the mounting projections 192 of the support arm 180 in a manner as indicated above.
  • the mounting projections 162 , 192 are spaced further apart such that they only engage every other hole 198 or some other desired interval.
  • the product 105 is placed on the flat slide bar or belt piece 197 to provide an uninterrupted or uniform sliding surface as described above.
  • the friction reducing components further include a pusher or slider assembly 170 which assists in automatically facing the product 105 .
  • a pusher or slider assembly 170 is provided constructed of polymers or similar materials using any of the previously-mentioned methods and is mated to the end bracket arm 151 or support structure arm 181 .
  • the pusher or slider assembly 170 includes a slider face 172 , slider bottom surface 174 , slider attachment portion 176 , a receptacle or coil spring area 176 , and coil spring 179 .
  • the slider attachment portion 176 preferably defines an open, C-shaped channel integrally formed into the bottom of the pusher or slider assembly 170 provided to slidably mate the pusher or slider assembly 170 to the end bracket 150 or the support structure 180 .
  • the recess or coil spring area 178 is an empty area defined by opposing rear sides of the coil spring assembly in which the coil spring may be inserted.
  • the pusher or slider assembly 170 in FIGS. 5A-5C are configured to be attached to the left side of a support structure 180 or the left or inner side of the right end bracket 150 (which is the end bracket on the left as you look at the shelf from an aisle), and the pusher or slider assembly 170 in FIGS. 6A-6C are configured to be attached to the right side of a support structure 180 or the right or inner side of the end bracket 150 (which is the end bracket on the right as you look from at the shelf from the aisle). Regardless of which pusher or slider assembly 170 is used, the attachment and operation is the same. As seen in FIGS.
  • pusher or slider assemblies 170 may be placed on slides located on the inner sides (or inward facing sides) or opposing sides of the end bracket arm 151 or support structure arm 181 as well as rollers, and may operate independently from each other regardless of what friction reducing component is used.
  • rollers 194 or flat slide bar or belt piece 197 must be inserted onto the mounting projections 162 , 192 of the end bracket 150 or support structure 180 .
  • some rollers 194 would be installed on projections 162 , 192 and the pusher or slider assembly 170 would be slid onto those rollers 194 and the remaining rollers would be installed to capture the pusher or slider assembly 170 on the support structure 180 and end bracket 150 .
  • the pusher or slider assembly 170 would be slid onto the slider bar 170 and then the slider bar would be connected to the projections 162 , 192 in order to capture the pusher or slider assembly 170 on the support structure 180 and end bracket 150 .
  • the slider attachment portion 176 may be inserted onto either end of the end bracket arm 151 or support structure arm 181 , with the open portion of the slider attachment portion 176 facing the elongated arm 151 or 181 .
  • the open area of the C-shaped slider attachment portion 176 is thus filled by the rollers 194 or the flat slide bar or belt piece 197 which capture the pusher or slide assembly 170 onto the support member 180 and end bracket 150 .
  • the pusher or slider assembly 170 may be made of a resilient, but flexible material that allows for the pusher or slider assembly 170 to deform and be press or snap fit onto the friction reducing component.
  • the bottom portion of the slider attachment portion 176 is pulled downwards to provide sufficient clearance of the rollers 194 or flat slide bar or belt piece 197 .
  • the pusher or slider assembly 170 can be rotated upwards to snap the slider attachment portion 176 over the top of the rollers 194 or flat slide bar or belt piece 197 .
  • the pusher or slider assembly further includes the coil spring 179 to provide an assistive force in facing the product.
  • the coil spring 179 is attached to the end of the end bracket arm 151 or support structure arm 181 , and the spooled portion is placed in the coil spring area 178 to allow the coil spring 179 to wind up in its relaxed configuration.
  • the end bracket arm 151 or support structure arm 181 include a tabbed slot at its distal end to allow the coil spring to be snap fit therein.
  • the end of the coil spring is simply secured to a side of the arm 151 , 181 through conventional methods such as screwing, bolting, riveting, gluing, taping, etc.
  • the pusher or slider assembly 170 includes a coil spring slot 175 configured to allow the coil spring to pass through to assist in operation.
  • at least the support structure 180 may be configured with a common coil that recoils both pusher or slider assemblies 170 mounted to support structure 180 .
  • the distal ends of a coil may wind up to a relaxed position located about the middle of the metal coil spring.
  • the middle may be mounted on the distal end of the support structure 180 and the distal ends disposed within the receptacles defined by the pusher or slide assemblies 170 on each side of the support structure.
  • the coil spring area 178 includes a cylindrically tabbed protrusion (not shown) on the bottom surface the coil spring rests on to rotatably mate with an inner bore of the coil spring 179 .
  • this is a snap-fit connection which allows the coil spring 179 to quickly and easily be mated to the pusher or slider assembly 170 .
  • Coil springs are generally known in the art, with U.S. Pat. No. 6,409,028 providing a detailed example of the use of a coil spring in a product display apparatus, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the pusher or slider assembly 170 is slidably mated to the end bracket 150 or support structure 180 , movement along the length of the arm 151 , 181 may be accomplished.
  • the product 105 closest to the proximal end of the end brackets 150 or support structure 180 is placed on against the pusher or slider assembly 170 such that the back surface of the product 105 rests against the slider face 172 and the bottom surface of the product 105 rests on the slider bottom surface 104 .
  • the coil spring 179 continues to uncoil, thus biasing the pusher or slider assembly 170 to move towards the distal end of the end brackets 150 or support structure 180 .
  • the coil spring 179 causes the pusher or slider assembly 170 to move towards the distal end of the product housing region 195 , 196 until the product 105 comes into contact with the front mounting attachments 156 , 186 of the end bracket 150 and support structure 180 that extend inwards into the product housing region 195 , 196 to restrict the product 105 from moving beyond the length of the shelf 122 .
  • an improved upright display 100 is provided.
  • This display 100 is less expensive to manufacture than conventional displays due to the slider 170 directly attaching to the friction reducing component (e.g., rollers 194 or flat slide bar or belt piece 197 ) as opposed to a separate track member provided in or coupled to the end brackets 150 or support structure 180 , yet the pusher or slider 170 remains captured and guided by the friction reducing components so that it travels smoothly there along in a reproducible manner and without risk that the pusher or slider 170 will get misaligned.
  • the friction reducing component e.g., rollers 194 or flat slide bar or belt piece 197
  • the display 100 is beneficial to consumers because it allows product 105 to be automatically faced (whether by gravity in the non-pusher version or by the pusher in the pusher version), thus increasing its appeal to the eye to the consumer. Further, if the consumer decides to re-merchandise the product 105 , the reduced spring force of the coil spring due to the presence of the friction reducing components results in the increased ability to push products back into the display structure without risking damaging the product packaging.
  • the coil spring 179 of the pusher or slider assembly 170 requires approximately 1 ⁇ 5 th of the spring force of conventional coil springs, thus greatly reducing the amount of stress on product packaging and therefore reducing the risk of damaging the packaging.
  • the configuration set forth herein with respect to the pusher version of the display allows for products to be pushed by their outer edges and corners where the products are better equipped to handle such forces rather than in the center of the product.
  • the end brackets 150 or support member 180 have both a plurality of rollers 194 and a flat slide bar or belt piece 197 coupled thereto.
  • the end brackets 150 or support member 180 may be configured to have rollers 194 coupled to the protrusions 162 for approximately half the length of the end bracket 150 or support member 180 , and further configured to have a flat slide bar or belt piece 197 coupled to the remaining protrusions 162 . It will be appreciated that any number of rollers 194 and flat slide bar or belt pieces 197 may be utilized.
  • the end bracket 150 or support member 180 may have a flat slide bar or belt piece 197 at its distal end, followed by a plurality of rollers 194 , followed by another flat slide bar or belt piece 197 configured at its proximal end.
  • the end bracket 150 or support member 180 may have a plurality of rollers mated to the protrusions 162 at its distal end, followed by a flat slide bar or belt piece 197 mated to the protrusions 162 , followed by a plurality of rollers 194 mated to the protrusions 162 at its proximal end.
  • any number of configurations of rollers 194 and flat slide bar or belt pieces 197 may be coupled to the end bracket 150 or support member 180 .
  • the pusher or slider assembly 170 may be used in this embodiment as described above.
  • the end bracket 150 or support arm 180 include a conveyor assembly.
  • the outermost protrusions 162 are coupled to rollers 194 in the above-discussed manner.
  • a belt is then placed over the rollers 194 to create a conveyor belt assembly.
  • the product 105 rests on the belt, and frictional forces between the bottom surface of the product 105 and the belt limit sliding motion between the surfaces.
  • the rollers 194 rotate in the same direction, thus causing the belt to advance along the length of the end bracket 150 or support arm 180 . It will be appreciated that any number of rollers 194 may be mated to the protrusions 162 , and the belt will then be placed over the rollers to create the conveyor belt assembly.
  • rollers 194 , pusher or slider assembly 170 , or flat slide bar or belt piece 197 are constructed of additional materials using a molding, extrusion, or another similar technique.
  • the friction reducing members may be molded with a silicon infused polymer which reduces the coefficient of friction between the product 195 and the display to improve movement of the product along the display.
  • the display is setup so that a majority of the components can be made from inexpensive plastic injection molded processes, but that the friction reducing components (e.g., rollers 194 and slide 197 ) can be made of a more expensive material or process to provide further friction reducing capabilities.
  • the upright merchandiser 100 is additionally beneficial to retailers due to the ease of providing support for products having varying widths.
  • either one or two slider assemblies 170 may be attached to the end bracket 150 or support structure 180 to provide assistance in facing the product.
  • FIG. 12 if a smaller product such as a pill bottle or can of potato chips is to be merchandised, only one pusher or slider assembly 170 will be attached to one of the two opposing end brackets 150 or support structure 180 .
  • FIG. 13 shows a configuration involving a larger product.
  • a pusher or slider assembly 170 will be mounted to both sides of the product housing regions 195 , 196 , and the slider assemblies 170 will provide a facing force on the product where the packaging is geometrically strongest, i.e., opposing outer edges of the product.
  • the pusher or slider assembly 170 provides for automatic facing of the desired product, reducing the amount of time retailers would normally need to spend front facing products on said display.
  • the price channel 165 quickly allows the retailer to view the price of a particular product as well as to view additional information such as a barcode to scan for the purpose of maintaining accurate records of product stock.
  • an alternative embodiment shows a fixed shelf display as described above, but removes the rear shelf mount 124 and front shelf mount 126 , thus removing the ability to slide the end brackets 150 and support structures 180 laterally along the length of the shelf 122 .
  • the shelf includes spaced holes 128 which allow the end brackets 150 and support structures 180 to be mated thereto.
  • the arms 151 , 181 include a reconfigured slotted projection 129 that has a horizontal mating surface on the distal end and proximal end (not shown) configured to align with the holes 128 of the shelf 122 .
  • a screw, fastener, key lock, or any other securing device may then be used to secure the end brackets 150 and support structures 180 to the shelf 122 .
  • retailers may still adjust the spacing at different intervals depending on the spacing of the holes 128 to make fine adjustments to the product display which may be all that is needed or desired for particular applications.
  • a simple deformable fastener pin is used to secure the product support structures 180 , 150 into position which can be installed and removed and re-installed without the need for any tools.
  • any of the above configurations may be modified to allow for vertically stacking of products 105 within the product containing regions 195 , 196 .
  • end bracket arms 151 and support structure arms 181 include any number of openings 160 , 190 which allows an additional partitioning arms 161 to be mated thereto.
  • These additional partitioning arms 161 are capable of mating to both the end bracket arms 151 and support structure arms 181 to create a vertical partition, thus providing further guidance for the product housing region 195 , 196 .
  • the opening is generally trapezoidal in shape.
  • the opening is an elongated slot.
  • the additional partitioning arms 161 further include alternating offset tabs 163 to mate with the arm 151 , 181 directly below it.
  • the additional partitioning arms 161 are press fit onto the lower arms 151 , 181 such that approximately half of the alternating offset tabs 163 are on one side of the lower arm 151 , 181 and the other half of the alternating offset tabs 163 are on the other side of the lower arm 151 , 181 .
  • a tab 163 having a protrusion clips into the opening 160 , 190 to mate the two arms and thereby restrict movement is illustrated in FIG. 21B . It is understood that the arms 151 , 181 may have any number of openings 160 , 190 , thus the additional partitioning arms 161 would include the corresponding number of tabs having a protrusion to clip into these openings.
  • the additional partitioning arms 161 also include flexible finger members which extend inwardly at their distal end to restrict product from sliding beyond the length of the shelf 122 .
  • those fingers are shown on the front or distal edge of the partitions 161 only, it should be understood that in alternate embodiments such fingers could be produced on the rear or proximate end of the partition 161 as well to prevent products from being pushed too far back into a display.
  • Such a configuration may be desirable in situations where the display does not have a back wall or when available product height clearances reduce as you move toward the rear of the display (meaning that care must be taken not to push product too far back into the display or it may get wedged into the display causing problems with gravity feeding and/or pusher or slider assembly operation).
  • the bar display 202 includes the previously-discussed vertical uprights 110 , blade 210 , rotatable bracket 220 , bar 230 , end brackets 250 , and support structure 280 .
  • Many components of the bar display 202 are identical to those of the fixed shelf display 120 , and thus additional description of these components will not be discussed in significant further detail.
  • a rotatable bracket 220 which couples the bar display 202 to the vertical supports 110 .
  • the rotatable bracket 220 is generally square shaped and includes first, second, third, and fourth hook-shaped tabbed protrusions 221 , 222 , 223 , 224 , respectively, and a generally central opening 226 .
  • the rotatable bracket 220 further includes a tongue 228 having a hole 229 extending generally perpendicularly from the opening 226 .
  • any one of the first 221 , second 222 , third 223 , or fourth 224 tabbed protrusions insert into the elongated slots 112 of the vertical support structures 110 to securely connect the bar display 202 to the upright display 100 .
  • a specific tabbed protrusion is inserted into the elongated slot 112 .
  • the bar 230 is generally rhomboid-shaped and hollow and includes a C-shaped channel 231 , 233 , 235 , 237 on each side as well as an opening 232 , 234 , 236 , 238 on the flattened bottom surface of each corresponding C-shaped channel.
  • the rhomboid shape allows for the bar to be rotated amongst any of the four positions illustrated in FIGS. 18A-18D (which show a cross sectional view of the bar 230 and thus the rotatable bracket secured to the far end of the bar 230 ).
  • the rotatable bracket 220 may be mounted to the bar 230 in four ways corresponding to the four surfaces of the rhomboid-shaped bar 230 .
  • the tongue 228 of the rotatable bracket 220 is inserted into the bar 230 such that the upper surface of the tongue 228 rests against the inner flattened bottom surface of one of the C-shaped channels 231 , 233 , 235 , 237 .
  • the first 232 , second 234 , third 236 or fourth 238 openings align with the tongue hole 229 of the rotatable bracket 220 to allow for securing the rotatable bracket 220 to the bar 230 .
  • the securing device may be a countersunk screw to provide for movement along the channel, but alternative devices such as a snap fitting configuration may also be incorporated. It is understood that a rotatable bracket 220 is secured to both ends of the bar 230 . By observing the orientation of the tongue 228 relative to a corresponding side of the bar 230 , a user can ensure that the rotatable bracket 220 is configured in an identical orientation at opposing ends of the bar 230 .
  • the blade 210 is an elongated member formed of metal or similar material using conventional methods (e.g., stamping, pressing, forging, etc.). In other embodiments, the blade 210 is constructed of polymer using any of the previously-mentioned conventional methods.
  • the blade 210 includes notches 211 and groove 213 .
  • the blade 210 further includes a C-shaped opening 212 having a width configured to be slightly greater than the distance from one side of the bar 230 to the opposing side of the bar 230 .
  • a first and second tongue 214 , 216 respectively, having openings 215 , 217 , respectively, extend perpendicularly from the blade 210 .
  • the C-shaped opening 212 is placed over the bar 230 .
  • a fastener such as a screw is then inserted through the opening 215 of the first tongue 214 of blade 210 and into a C-shaped channel 231 , 233 , 235 , 237 of bar 230 .
  • the screw is then rotated into engagement with the bar 230 to secure the blade 210 into position on the bar 230 .
  • the second tongue 216 may be slidably mated to the opposing channel using similar methods.
  • the tongue 214 may slidably mate to any of the four channels 231 , 233 , 235 , 237 in a mating arrangement such as a tongue and groove, dovetail or mortise and tenon configuration, etc.
  • the blade 210 may be slidably mated to the bar 230 by use of other types of fasteners.
  • a cammed fastener is used to secure the blade 210 to bar 230 . More particularly, cam fastener 219 is inserted through opening 215 of first tongue 214 and into C-shaped channel 231 , 233 , 235 or 237 . The cammed fastener 219 is then turned (e.g., twisted a quarter turn) to cam the fastener into engagement with the C-shaped channel of bar 230 to secure the blade 210 into position on the bar 230 .
  • a benefit of this embodiment over a regular fastener like those discussed above is that it reduces the risk of damage being done to bar 23 due to over tightening of the fastener (such as over tightening the screw such that it punctures the channel wall of bar 130 which can easily happen if aluminum is used for bar 130 ).
  • the twisting cam lock can be slid into the C-shaped channel 231 , 233 , 235 , or 237 at either end of the bar 230 prior to securing the rotatable bracket 220 to the bar 230 .
  • the blade may be slidably secured to the bar 230 after the rotatable bracket 220 is secured to the bar 230 . While in the “untwisted” configuration, the blade 210 is free to slide laterally along the bar 230 or be completely removed therefrom if the user so desires.
  • the blade 210 is configured to slide across the entire lateral length of the bar 230 within one of the C-shaped channels 231 , 233 , 235 , 237 , it is also envisioned that in some embodiments, the blade 210 is secured to the bar 230 to restrict substantially any lateral movement of the blade 210 .
  • a C-shaped channel 231 of the bar 230 may include additional openings which tongue 214 may mate to through a screw or locking pin or other similar apparatuses.
  • the end brackets 250 and support structures 280 include similar components as in the fixed shelf display 120 discussed above, thus a detailed description of these components will not be further described.
  • the underside of the end bracket arm 251 and support structure arm 281 include a lower channel 255 , 285 extending the longitudinal length of the arm 251 , 281 that the elongated edge 218 of the blade 210 inserts into.
  • this mating between the blade 210 and the arms 251 , 281 is a friction fit connection which provides for easy installation and removal.
  • the arms 151 , 181 include tabs 256 , 286 which snap into the grooves 213 of the blade 210 .
  • the arms 151 , 181 also include at least one clasp or hook that are snap fit into one of the notches 211 of the blade 210 .
  • Such a configuration allows the bar display 202 to be configured with varying outward extensions. By inserting the clasp or hook into the different notches 211 , the bar display 202 may be configured to extend outwardly at either twenty-one, twenty-one and one half and twenty two inches (21′′, 21.5′′ and 22′′).
  • Such a configuration allows the retailer to tailor the product extension of upright merchandiser 100 to suit their specific shelf display size and therefor their own individual needs. Conventional shelves typically have a depth of 21′′, 21.5′′ or 22′′.
  • the bar support structure 202 includes a pusher or slider assembly 270 used to assist in the automatic facing of products.
  • the configuration and attachment of the pusher or slider assembly 270 is identical to the previously-discussed shelf support structure 120 embodiment.
  • items ending with the same two-digit suffix correspond to the same two-digit suffix as above.
  • the rotatable bracket 220 has four tabbed protrusions or tangs 221 , 222 , 223 , 224 . It is understood that in the four configurations, the blade 210 mates to the arms 151 , 181 in the same manner as detailed above. Additionally, it is understood that the end brackets 250 and support structures 280 include the same components such as rollers 294 in some embodiments and flat slide bar or belt pieces 297 in other embodiments. Thus, remaining aspects of the bar display 202 are configured in a similar fashion to those of the fixed shelf display 120 embodiment.
  • the bar display is in a first horizontal configuration.
  • the first tabbed protrusion 221 of the rotatable bracket 220 is inserted into the elongated slots 112 .
  • the blade 210 and thus the arms 251 , 281 and end brackets 250 and support structures 280 extend horizontally at a first vertical height to display products 205 .
  • the rotatable bracket 220 is rotated 90 degrees clockwise relative to the bar 230 and mated thereto using previously discussed methods.
  • the second tabbed protrusion 222 of the rotatable bracket 220 is inserted into the elongated slots 112 .
  • the blade 210 and thus the arms 251 , 281 and end brackets 250 and support structure 280 extend at a downward angle from horizontal at the first vertical height to display products 205 .
  • the blade 210 , arms 251 , 281 , and end brackets 250 and support structure 280 extend at a six degree downward angle. In other embodiments, the downward angle is configured to be a value between six and 15 degrees.
  • the rotatable bracket 220 is rotated an additional 90 degrees clockwise relative to the bar 230 from the second configuration, or 180 degrees from the first configuration, and mated thereto using previously discussed methods.
  • the third tabbed protrusion 223 of the rotatable bracket 220 is inserted into the elongated slots 112 .
  • the blade 210 and thus the arms 251 , 281 and end brackets 250 and support structure 280 extend horizontally at a second vertical height to display products 205 .
  • mating the third tabbed protrusion 223 to the elongated slots 112 results in a vertical offset half an inch up from the initial configuration.
  • the initial configuration is this third offset position, thus rotating the rotatable bracket 180 degrees to return to the “first” configuration results in a vertical offset that is half an inch downwards from this configuration.
  • the half inch vertical offset is beneficial over conventional displays because existing displays are only able to provide display units at one inch intervals which correspond to the spacing of the elongated slots 112 of the upright supports 110 .
  • unnecessary clearance between the top of the product 205 and the next highest display unit may provide for wasted space.
  • bar displays 202 By allowing bar displays 202 to be spaced at half inch intervals as opposed to one inch intervals, vertical clearances may be reduced, thus additional product 205 may be provided on the display by adding additional bar displays 202 to the merchandiser.
  • This configuration may provide retailers with the ability to display more product in the same, limited space, thus solving the common problem of having too much product to be displayed in a given display unit.
  • the amount of vertical offset seen with use of the third tabbed protrusion 223 is only one quarter of an inch in either the upward or downward direction, depending on whether the first or third configurations is viewed as the initial configuration. As above, unnecessary clearance between the top of the product 205 and the next highest display unit is reduced or eliminated.
  • the rotatable bracket 220 is rotated an additional 90 degrees clockwise relative to the bar 230 from the third configuration, or 270 degrees clockwise from the first configuration, and mated thereto using previously discussed methods.
  • the fourth tabbed protrusion 224 of the rotatable bracket 220 is inserted into the elongated slots 112 .
  • the blade 210 and thus the arms 251 , 281 and end brackets 250 and support structure 280 extend at the second horizontal height at a downward angle to display products 205 .
  • benefits of the second and third configurations are incorporated to provide for reduced vertical product clearance between display levels as well as taking advantage of gravitational forces to assist the product in automatically facing. It is understood that all of the embodiments of the second and third configurations may also be incorporated into this fourth configuration. For example, using this fourth configuration may result in the vertical offset instead being one fourth of an inch upwards from the first configuration, or the fourth configuration may actually be the first configuration, and rotating to the first configuration results in an offset that is one half or one quarter of an inch lower than the initial configuration.
  • the pusher or slider assembly 270 is used in configurations where the bar support structure is in its downwardly-angled configuration. In this configuration, gravitational forces combined with the spring force of the pusher or slider assembly 270 will provide an increased ability to automatically face products, thus resulting in a merchandising system that requires little to no retailer assistance to maintain a properly faced display.
  • the bar merchandiser 202 is configured to allow for vertically stacking products 205 .
  • the configuration and attachment of the additional partitioning arms 261 are identical to the previously-discussed shelf support display 120 embodiment.
  • items ending with the same two-digit suffix correspond to the same two-digit suffixes as above.
  • a price channel 165 is provided at the distal end of the end bracket 150 and arm support member 180 .
  • the price channel 165 includes a cylindrical clip portion 166 , latch portion 167 , first display shelf 168 , and second display shelf 169 .
  • the price channel 165 rotatably mates to the end bracket arm 151 and/or support structure arm 181 by press fitting the cylindrical clip portion 166 into circular knob 152 , 182 of the respective arm 151 , 181 .
  • a price card (not shown) is placed or secured onto the first display shelf 168 .
  • the price channel is rotated upwards such that the latch portion 167 secures to the protruding tab 153 , 183 of the arm 151 , 181 , thereby securing the price channel in this configuration.
  • the connection between the latch portion 167 and the protruding tab 153 , 183 is friction fit, thus by simply pulling or pushing on the first display shelf 168 , the price channel 165 may engage the protruding tab 153 , 183 to provide a secure connection or disengage from the protruding tab 153 , 183 to allow rotation of the price channel 165 .
  • the price channel 165 is rotated downwards such that the second display shelf 169 is outwardly visible.
  • the user typically an employee of the retailer
  • Examples of information contained on the second display shelf 169 include, but are not limited to, bar codes for use with a scanning device to track product stock, item descriptions, and similar information.
  • the bar 330 is configured to mount with the blade 310 as follows.
  • the bar 330 includes a plurality of additional cylindrical locking channels 335 configured to engage with a locking extrusion 340 .
  • the locking extrusion 340 includes a rotatable locking member 342 configured to snap fit into any of the cylindrical locking channels 335 .
  • the locking extrusion 340 also includes a locking edge 346 configured to mate with a locking portion 312 of the blade 310 .
  • one or more blades 310 are placed on the bar 330 , and the rotatable locking member 342 is snap-fit into one of the cylindrical locking channels 335 .
  • the locking extrusion 340 is then rotated upwards so the locking edge 346 mates with the locking portion 312 .
  • one or more blades 310 may quickly be mounted or removed from the bar 330 by simply rotating the locking extrusion 340 in the desired direction.
  • Such a configuration is advantageous in configurations where the blade 330 may not be easily mounted to the bar 330 using previously described methods due to the use of different materials which may damage one or more of the components.
  • the bar is configured with the plurality of cylindrical locking channels configured to engage with the locking extrusion in a manner similar to that described above with respect to the single locking extrusion of FIG. 22 .
  • a plurality of locking extrusion are provided with each locking extrusion configured to engage a single locking portion of a blade, and each define or include an opening for engaging a notch contained on the blade.
  • an alternative rotatable bracket is incorporated.
  • rotating the rotatable bracket 90 degrees (90°) and mating the tabbed protrusion to the elongated slots of the vertical support structure or gondola results in a vertical offset of one quarter of an inch (0.25′′) upwards from the initial configuration.
  • Rotating the gondola an additional 90 degrees (90°) and mating the tabbed protrusion to the elongated slots of the gondola results in a vertical offset of an additional quarter of an inch (0.25′′) for a total vertical offset of half an inch (0.5′′), and rotating the gondola an additional 90 degrees (90°) will result in a vertical offset of a further quarter of an inch (0.25′′) for a total vertical offset of three quarters of an inch (0.75′′).
  • This configuration provides additional customization of height of the support structures while still being constrained by the interval between slots of conventional gondolas (e.g., which are typically 1′′ increments), and accommodates products having varying product dimensions.
  • the amount of vertical offset created by rotating the rotatable bracket may be in either the upward or downward direction, depending on what is considered the initial configuration. Unnecessary clearance between the top of the product 205 and the next highest display unit is therefore reduced or eliminated.
  • the tabbed protrusions or tangs on the rotatable mounting brackets include a tapered opening area. This configuration accommodates vertical risers or gondolas having different thicknesses, thus allowing the universal merchandiser to be integrated into various existing gondola configurations.
  • FIGS. 26-35 alternate universal merchandiser assemblies are provided. It is understood that portions of the alternate universal merchandiser assemblies may have similar features to those previously discussed, thus these similar features will not be discussed in further detail.
  • an alternate universal merchandiser assembly 2600 having a lockable dampened pusher is described.
  • the assembly 2600 includes an integrated toothed track or rack 2697 for accommodating the pusher thereon to guide products towards the front of the arm support (or divider) 2680 .
  • the rack 2697 may be formed integrally with the arm support 2680 .
  • the rack 2697 remains an add-on attachment which snaps onto protrusions in the arm support 2680 as previously described.
  • the assembly 2600 also includes a damper assembly 2678 which serves to partially offset the spring force used to urge the pusher towards the front of the assembly 2600 .
  • the damper assembly 2678 may include a damper housing 2678 A and a damper 2678 B which may be any type of conventionally known damper having gear teeth which engage the teeth of the rack 2697 .
  • the damper 2678 B may be immersed in any type of viscous fluid (not shown) to further offset the spring force used to urge the pusher forwards.
  • the damper housing 2678 A include at least one tab to be insertably coupled with the pusher 2670 .
  • the damper assembly 2678 may be used as an add-on or retrofit device that may be installed on the assembly as desired by the user.
  • the damper housing 2678 A further includes notches or protrusions on opposing sidewalls thereof to accommodate the damper 2678 B. These notches are symmetrical to each other, thus the damper housing 2678 A may be placed on either side of the support arm and the damper rotated to couple to the damper housing 2678 A. So configured, a single damper assembly 2678 may be used, thereby reducing overall manufacturing costs.
  • the damper assembly 2678 requires no tools to install or remove, which may result in minimal installation time.
  • the damper assembly 2678 is configured to be in line with the pusher spring and pusher 2670 to reduce or eliminate torque on the pusher.
  • an axis of the damper 2678 B is collinear with an axis of the pusher 2670 . Because the pusher 2670 is coupled to and traverses on the rack 2697 as opposed to being offset, it is vertically in line with the damper 2678 B which in turn causes forces to be exerted along this same line.
  • the assembly 2600 further includes a pusher release mechanism 2693 having a rod 2693 A which may extend a substantial length of the arm support 2680 and a hold-release apparatus 2693 B configured to hold and release the pusher 2670 .
  • the rod 2693 A is integral to the rack 2697 used by the damper assembly 2678 .
  • the rod 2693 A extends the length of the rack 2697 and is inserted into an opening in the hold-release apparatus 2693 B.
  • the hold-release apparatus 2693 B may be made of a deformable material such as a polymer and is configured to deform to secure and release the damper assembly 2678 .
  • the pusher may be pushed to the rear portion of the arm support 2680 as desired by the retailer (for example, to stock products to be supported by the support arm).
  • the damper housing 2678 A includes a mating recess or notch which engages the hold-release apparatus 2693 B to lock the damper assembly 2678 and pusher 2670 in place. It is understood that in some examples where the damper assembly 2678 is not used, the pusher 2670 may include a similar notch to engage the hold-release apparatus 2693 B.
  • the user when the user wishes to release the pusher 2670 and damper 2678 , they may engage the rod 2693 A by pressing on the loop portion thereof to cause the rod to rotate about its central longitudinal axis (being supported by the rack 2697 ). This rotation causes the end that engages the opening in the hold-release apparatus 2693 B to rotate as well, which in turn causes the hold-release apparatus 2693 B to lower as seen in FIG. 26F and disengage the pusher 2670 and damper 2678 . As such, the user may disengage the pusher without having to physically reach the rear of the arm support 2680 which may be difficult to access due to interfering stocked products.
  • the hold-release apparatus 2693 B includes a flattened portion which may form a part of the rack 2697 and at least partially support the damper assembly 2678 . So configured, the ability to move the pusher 2670 and damper assembly 2678 to a rearmost point on the arm 2680 is maximized.
  • the assembly 2600 may have an integral damper rack, pusher release mechanism, and damper attachment are provided to reduce the number of components used in a product display.
  • the pusher accessory 2771 illustrated in FIG. 27A includes a mating portion 2771 A, a first portion 2771 B, and a second portion 2771 C separated by a gap 2771 D.
  • the mating portion 2771 A is configured to slidably couple to the front face of the pusher 2770 .
  • the first portion 2771 B includes a concave surface to accommodate front facing curved packages.
  • the first and second portions 2771 B, 2771 C define a gap 2771 D therebetween.
  • the pusher accessory 2772 illustrated in FIG. 27B is a double-high accessory which may be used with taller products to increase the surface area of the pusher face.
  • the pusher accessory 2773 illustrated in FIG. 27C is a double-high, double-wide accessory which may be used with generally larger products. So configured, the merchandiser may be customized and readily modified to accommodate the specific product being pushed.
  • FIGS. 28A-D an alternate exemplary embodiment of a universal merchandiser assembly 2800 illustrating an alternate release mechanism 2893 A, B in which the front mount 2826 integrally contains a portion of pusher release mechanism.
  • the front mount 2826 is mounted to a shelf at mounting portions 2827 using any known method such as bolts, push-in connectors, and the like.
  • the front mount 2826 may include a price channel which may be used to display information relating to the product, the retailer, and/or any other information.
  • the front mount 2826 includes a hooked surface to engage the rod 2893 A.
  • the rod traverses the length of the divider or support arm 2880 and terminates at the rear portion thereof to be inserted into an opening in the hold-release apparatus 2893 B.
  • This hold-release apparatus 2893 B may be made of a deformable material such as a polymer and is configured to deform to secure and release the damper assembly 2878 .
  • the pusher 2870 and damper (if installed) 2878 may be pushed to the rear portion of the arm support 2880 as desired.
  • the damper housing 2878 includes a mating recess or notch that engages the hold-release apparatus 2893 B to lock the damper assembly 2878 and pusher 2870 in place. It is understood that in some embodiments where the damper assembly 2878 is not used, a similar notch may be included on the pusher 2870 .
  • the user may simply push or pull the front surface of the front mount 2826 . Applying a force to the front surface in turn causes the rod 2893 A to rotate such that at the rear portion of the support arm 2880 , the hold-release apparatus 2893 B is lowered, thereby disengaging the pusher 2870 and damper assembly 2878 .
  • an alternate universal merchandiser assembly 2900 which includes a product divider assembly having two product holders or slides 2981 on opposing sides of the support arm 2980 .
  • These product holders 2981 are angled so as to allow products having different shapes to be front faced.
  • the product holders 2981 may accommodate a pizza 2905 placed between opposing support arms 2980 .
  • the product holders 2981 may include a recess for disposing a pusher 2970 therein to assist in front facing the product.
  • adjacent product holders 2981 engage with each other via corresponding groove arrangements. Due to their symmetrical configurations, the product holders 2981 may be used on either side of the support arm 2980 .
  • FIGS. 30A-B an alternate universal merchandiser assembly 3000 is provided where the divider or support arm 3080 is movable between a first and second position to restrict or allow lateral movement along a rail.
  • the assembly 3000 includes a first and second elongated channel 3027 A, 3027 B contained on the front shelf mount 3026 .
  • the support arm or divider assembly 3080 includes corresponding first and second mounting portions 3056 A, 3056 B. It is understood that while the channels and mounting portions provided in FIGS. 30A-B are of the tongue and groove sort, any type of engagement mechanism may be employed in other examples.
  • a frictional force restricts lateral movement of the support arm 3080 along the longitudinal length of the front shelf mount 3026 .
  • the second mounting portion 3056 B disengages the second elongated channel 3027 B such that the support arm 3080 is only being supported by the first elongated channel 3027 A.
  • a portion of the second elongated channel 3027 B may be deformable to assist in disengaging the second mounting portion 3056 B.
  • the support arm 3080 may be moved laterally along the front shelf mount 3026 to accommodate products having different sizes without disturbing any products that may be currently supported by the support. Further, because of the dual engagement between the arm 3080 and the front shelf mount 3026 , the frictional forces between the two may restrict any lateral movement of the support arm 3080 .
  • an alternate universal merchandiser assembly 3100 having a rear stabilizer 3116 configured to be disposed on a vertical surface of the bar 3130 to limit lateral and rotational movement of the support arm or divider 3180 .
  • the blade 3110 which is coupled to the support arm 3180 includes an engagement region 3112 A and a disengagement region 3112 B.
  • the rear stabilizer 3116 includes any number of teeth which protrude therefrom to create a number of stabilizing surfaces.
  • the rear stabilizer 3116 may be mounted to the bar 3130 using any conventional method.
  • the bar 3130 may have offset bores or holes which corresponding pegs, notches, screws and the like may be inserted into.
  • Other examples are envisioned such as adhesives and/or fasteners.
  • the rear stabilizer 3116 may have opposing angled end configurations allowing for multiple rear stabilizers 3116 to be placed adjacent to each other while maintaining a desired distance between teeth.
  • the support arm 3180 is in a completely disengaged configuration allowing the support arm 3180 to move freely relative to the bar 3130 .
  • the blade is in a raised configuration in which it is partially engaged with the bar 3130 such that the teeth of the rear stabilizer 3116 do not contact the blade. As such, the blade 3110 and support arm 3180 may move along a lateral length of the bar.
  • the blade 3110 is in a lowered and supported position where the engagement region 3112 A is in contact with the teeth of the rear stabilizer 3116 .
  • the blade 3110 and support arm 3180 are restricted from laterally moving along the bar 3130 .
  • this configuration stabilizes the support arm 3180 by reducing and/or eliminating any shifting or tilting which may occur during stocking or removal of a product.
  • a user may simply lift up the rear end of the support arm so the teeth of the rear stabilizer 3116 are within the disengagement region 3112 B and slide the support arm 3180 to a new desired position.
  • the rear stabilizer 3116 may be disposed on the horizontal top surface of the bar 3130 . As described above, the rear stabilizer 3116 may be secured to the bar 3130 using any number of known methods. In these examples, by lifting the rear portion of the support arm 3180 up so that it is not engaged with the teeth allows the support arm 3180 to be moved laterally along a length of the bar 3130 .
  • FIG. 32 illustrates an alternate universal merchandising assembly 3200 in which a rear stabilizer 3216 is mounted on a shelf 3222 .
  • the rear end of a support arm (not shown) may simply be raised from a first engaged position such that the teeth or combed protrusions do not contact a lower surface of the support arm. As such, lateral movement along the shelf may occur when raised in this disengaged second position.
  • FIGS. 33A-C illustrate an alternate universal merchandising assembly 3300 in which a rear stabilizer is used in a grid-type display.
  • the assembly 3300 includes a plurality of horizontal bars 3330 , a blade 3310 configured to couple to at least one horizontal bar 3330 , and a rear stabilizer 3316 .
  • the rear stabilizer 3316 has an engagement portion 3316 A on a first side thereof which frictionally couples to the horizontal bar 3330 , a disengagement device 3116 B which may include a protrusion for pushing or pulling the rear stabilizer 3316 , and a slotted portion (not shown) for accepting a length of the bar 3310 therein.
  • the rear stabilizer 3316 is in a first engaged position.
  • the engagement portion 3316 A is frictionally fit into one of the horizontal bars 3330 such that lateral movement of the blade 3310 is resisted due to the frictional force between the bar 3330 and the engagement portion 3316 A.
  • the rear stabilizer 3316 is in a second disengaged position.
  • a user pulls, the disengagement device 3316 B away from the bar 3330 such that the bar 3330 is removed from the engagement portion 3316 A.
  • the blade 3310 may freely slide across a lateral distance of the bar 3330 to accommodate products having different sizes.
  • FIGS. 34A-34G illustrate an alternate universal merchandising assembly 3400 having an integral pusher and damper assembly 3470 , an integral pusher track and damper rack 3497 , a low profile front shelf mount or rail 3426 with a pusher release mechanism 3493 , and a rear stabilizer 3416 to reduce or eliminate tilting and/or lateral movement of the universal merchandising assembly 3400 .
  • the rear portion of the support arm 3480 includes a pair of deformable retaining clips 3481 for accepting the pusher and damper assembly 3470 .
  • the retaining clips 3481 deform to allow the pusher and damper assembly to be inserted thereon.
  • the deformable retaining clips 3481 extend outwardly to restrict the pusher and damper assembly 3470 from sliding off the end of the pusher track and damper rack 3497 .
  • the front shelf mount 3426 has a low profile design to limit interference when accessing a displayed product.
  • the front shelf mount 3426 may couple with a mounting portion 3456 to slidably secure the support arm 3480 therein.
  • the mounting portion 3456 may be in a first, disengaged position wherein the support arm 3480 may slide laterally along a length of the shelf mount 3426 .
  • the support arm 3480 may be slid forward such that the mounting portion 3456 engages the front shelf mount 3426 to create a friction fit between the two, thus limiting or restricting lateral movement from occurring.
  • the front shelf mount 3426 may include a hump or a ridge to further secure the mounting portion 3456 within the front shelf mount 3426 .
  • the assembly 3400 further includes a rear stabilizer 3416 to limit lateral and rotational movement of the support arm 3480 .
  • the rear stabilizer 3416 includes any number of teeth which protrude therefrom to create a number of stabilizing surfaces.
  • the rear stabilizer 3416 engages a lower surface of the support arm 3480 , and may be lifted to allow the support arm 3480 to slide along a length of the rear stabilizer 3416 .
  • the assembly 3400 further includes a pusher release mechanism 3493 which includes a rod 3493 A extending from the shelf mount 3426 to the rear of the support arm 3480 .
  • the hold-release apparatus 3493 B includes a hooked surface for accepting the rod 3493 A and a protrusion for locking the pusher and damper assembly 3470 in place.
  • a generally flat guide contained on the support arm 3480 slidably contacts the pusher and damper assembly 3470 to ensure the pusher and damper assembly forms a solid connection with the hold-release apparatus 3493 B.
  • the hold-release apparatus 3493 B is made of a generally deformable material to allow it to easily be engaged and disengaged with the pusher and damper assembly 3470 .
  • the rod Upon engaging the rood 3493 A at the front of the support arm 3480 , the rod causes the hold-release apparatus 3493 B to lower so that the hold-release apparatus 3493 B is no longer in contact with the pusher and damper assembly 3470 . As such, the pusher may be advanced towards the front of the support arm 3480 .
  • FIGS. 35A-D illustrate an alternate universal merchandising assembly 3500 being used in a bar configuration of varying dimensions and having an integral pusher and damper assembly 3570 , an integral pusher track and damper rack 3597 , an integral front rail, price channel, and pusher release mechanism, and a compound damper or gear configured to engage the rack and a separate gear to engage a hold-release apparatus of the pusher release mechanism.
  • the blade 3510 includes a plurality of sized openings dimensioned to accommodate bars 3530 of different sizes. Accordingly, the universal merchandiser may be used with any number of existing displays.
  • the assembly 3500 includes a front price channel that is operably coupled to the front mount 3526 , which in turn is operably coupled to the rod 3593 A.
  • the pusher and damper assembly is slid backwards until a generally flat guide contained on the support arm 3580 slidably contacts the pusher and damper assembly 3570 to ensure the pusher and damper assembly forms a connection with the deformable hold-release apparatus 3593 B which deforms to allow the pusher and damper assembly 35700 to be engaged thereto.
  • a hump or protrusion which extends inwardly towards the product containing region. This hump serves to guide the displayed product away from the divider wall to reduce the possibility of the product catching on components of the assembly 3500 during movement, removal, and/or stocking of the product.
  • the damper of the pusher and damper assembly 3570 includes a compound damper gear having a first gear portion 3571 A and a second gear portion 3571 B.
  • the first gear portion 3571 A is configured to engage the rack to dampen movement of the pusher.
  • the second gear portion 3571 B is disengaged and travels along the rack freely.
  • the second gear portion 3571 B secures thereto to eliminate movement along the rack.
  • a user may simply push a portion of the price channel, which causes the rod 3593 A to rotate and move the hold-release apparatus 3593 B downwards.
  • the second gear portion 3571 B is then disengaged from the hold-release apparatus 3593 B, and accordingly, the pusher and damper assembly will then be disengaged.
  • FIGS. 36A-D illustrate an alternate universal merchandising assembly 3600 being used in a bar configuration of varying dimensions having a frictional engagement between the dividers 3680 and the front rail 3620 .
  • the front rail 3620 is formed by extruding plastic, such as ABS plastic.
  • the front rail 3620 has a first wall 3621 , a second wall 3622 , and a third wall 3623 .
  • the second wall 3622 is substantially horizontal.
  • the first wall 3621 is at an acute angle with the second wall 3622 .
  • the third wall 3623 extends transverse to the second wall 3622 . In some forms, the third wall 3623 extends perpendicularly to the second wall 3622 .
  • the junction between the first wall 3621 and the second wall 3622 is rounded to form a nose, however the flat portion of the first wall 3621 is at an acute angle to the flat portion of the second wall 3622 .
  • the first, second, and third walls 3621 / 3622 / 3623 define a channel into which a portion of the divider 3680 is received.
  • the portion of the divider 3680 includes a front surface 3681 , a bottom surface 3682 , and a back surface 3683 .
  • the distance between the back surface 3683 and the front surface 3681 is substantially similar to the distance between the third wall 3623 and the meeting point between the first and second walls 3621 / 3622 . As such the portion of the divider 3680 fits snugly into the channel defined by the three walls.
  • the bottom surface 3682 is substantially flat to increase surface engagement with the second wall 3622
  • the back surface 3683 is substantially flat to increase surface engagement with the third wall 3623
  • the front surface 3681 is rounded to maximize engagement with the nose formed by the first and second walls 3621 / 3622 . Friction between these respective surfaces acts to brake the divider 3680 against horizontal movement (movement along the longitudinal axis of the front rail 3620 ).
  • the front rail 3620 is deformable such that the first wall 3621 and/or the third wall 3623 deform when the portion of the divider 3680 is inserted so as to allow the divider 3680 to snap into place.
  • the front rail 3620 and/or divider 3680 remain deformed while the divider 3680 is in the engaged position such that the strain presses the front rail 3620 and divider 3680 together, increasing friction there between. in some forms, this deformity may be visible from the outside, such as a bulge in the front of the front rail or in other forms it may be internal.
  • FIGS. 36C-D illustrate two methods of reducing engagement between the front rail 3620 and the divider 3680 .
  • the rear portion of the divider 3680 is lifted from a first horizontal position to a second raised position. This lifting pivots the divider 3680 about the front.
  • the back surface 3823 is lifted away from the third wall 3623 and the bottom surface 3682 is lifted way from the second wall 3622 . Because the back surface 3683 no longer engages the third wall 3623 , the front surface 3681 is not held snugly against the nose which reduces the friction there between.
  • FIG. 36C illustrates the front rail 3620 extending out of the page past the where the cross-section of the divider 3680 is taken in order to shown the bulge.
  • the front of the front rail 3620 is moved from a first, normally biased position to a second position, causing the front rail 3620 to deform.
  • the distance between the first wall 3621 and the second wall 3622 is greater than when the front rail is in the first, normally biased position.
  • the front portion of the divider 3680 is lifted with the front of the front rail 3620 due to the engagement between the front surface 3681 and the nose. This lifts the bottom surface 3682 up from the second wall 3622 to reduce and/or completely break engagement there between and slides the back surface 3683 up along the third wall 3623 to at least partially reduce engagement there between.
  • this second method of disengagement allows for a user to make finite adjustments of the shelf management member, while the first method of disengagement is used for course adjustments of the shelf management member. In some instances, this second method of disengagement allows for one handed adjustments of the shelf management member to be made.
  • the front rail 3620 further includes one or more high friction strips 3624 .
  • FIG. 36E illustrate 3 possible locations for the high or higher friction strips 3624 a, b , and c .
  • the high/higher friction strips 3624 are formed of a material having a higher coefficient of friction with the divider 3680 than the material forming the rest of the front rail 3620 .
  • the high friction strips 3624 are formed of urethane or PVC.
  • the high friction strips 3624 are coextruded with the main body of the front rail 3620 .
  • the high friction strips 3624 comprise a coating added to the front rail 3620 after it is formed.
  • this frictional member 3624 will be preferably formed via a co-extrusion process where both the rail and the friction member are co-extruded with one another at the same time.
  • the high friction strips 3624 are located on the interior of the channel defined by the first, second, and third walls 3621 / 3622 / 3623 such that they engage one or more of the front, bottom, and back surfaces 3681 / 3682 / 3683 of the divider 3680 .
  • One or more high friction strips 3624 can be located proximate to the nose, or the acute angle between the first and second walls 3621 / 3622 . This can include strips located spaced apart from the nose along the first wall 3621 (strip 3624 a ) and/or the second wall 3622 (strip 3624 b ) as shown in FIG. 36 E, or a strip located in the center of the nose (strip 3624 ) as shown in FIG. 36 F.
  • a high friction strip 3624 c may be located on the third wall 3623 in order to engage the back surface 3683 as shown in FIG. 36 E.
  • a front rail may include any one of the strips 3624 shown in FIGS. 36 E-F or any combination thereof.
  • the front rail 3620 and the corresponding front portion of the divider 3680 of assembly 3600 can be combined with the features of any of the previous assemblies described herein.
  • the front rail 3620 may be mounted on a shelf, bar, or other surface.
  • the divider 3680 may include a track for a pusher with or without a damper.
  • the rear of the divider 3680 may be free or may engage teeth when in the horizontal first position.
  • the front rail 3620 can be formed by injection molding as shown in FIG. 36F .
  • the third wall 3623 includes additional support to make it more rigid.
  • the front rail 3620 is molded in short sections by which the length of a standard shelf are divisible. For example, if standard shelves are in 4 foot or 8 foot increments, the front rail 3620 can be molded in 1 foot, 16 inch, or 2 foot sections. This allows the sections of front rail 3620 to also be used for shorter shelves or displays.
  • a shorter display may only include one or two end brackets, such as end brackets 150 , 250 described above.
  • the short display includes one or two end brackets as well as one or more dividers.
  • the divider 3780 includes one or more high friction pads 3784 .
  • FIG. 37A illustrates 3 possible locations for the high or higher friction pads 3784 a, b , and c .
  • the high/higher friction pads 3784 are formed of a material having a higher coefficient of friction with the front rail 3720 than the material forming the rest of the divider 3780 .
  • the high friction pads 3784 are formed of a urethane or PVC as described above, an adhesive foam, paint-on rubberizer, or soft, deformable rubber.
  • the high friction pads 3784 form a portion of the divider 3780 , such as the nub or nose 3781 .
  • the divider 3780 is made of a first material, such as ABS plastic, and the high friction pads 3784 are added to the exterior surface either during the forming of the divider 3780 or after the divider 3780 is formed.
  • the high friction pads 3784 can be added as a coating, such as a paint or foam.
  • the high friction pads 3784 are positioned to selectively engage the front rail 3720 when the divider 3780 is in a lowered, or secured position. As such, the high friction pads 3784 are located on one or more of the front surface 3781 , bottom surface 3782 , and back surface 3783 to engage the one or more of the first wall 3721 , second wall 3722 , and third wall 3723 respectively. When the back end of the divider 3780 is lifted, the high friction pads 3784 disengage from the front rail 3720 , allowing the divider 3780 to be moved laterally relative to the front rail 3720 .
  • FIG. 37B illustrates two exemplary dividers 3780 having the high friction pad 3784 located on the front surface 3781 .
  • the left divider 3780 a has a paint soft rubber overmold high friction pad 3784 .
  • the right divider 3780 b has an adhesive foam high friction pad 3784 .
  • a high friction pad can be applied to the top surface of the shelf to both prevent lateral movement of the end brackets and dividers relative to the front rail, as well as prevent movement of the front rail relative to the shelving unit.
  • FIGS. 38A-C Such an embodiment is shown in FIGS. 38A-C .
  • the display system 3800 includes a front rail 3820 , a divider or bracket 3880 , and a high friction pad 3890 .
  • the system 3800 also includes a rear stabilizer 3816 as shown in FIGS. 38B-C .
  • the front rail 3820 and rear stabilizer 3816 are coupled to the high friction pad 3890 .
  • the front rail 3820 is coupled proximate to the front edge of the pad 3890 and the rear stabilizer 3816 is coupled proximate to the rear edge of the pad 3890 .
  • the high friction pad 3890 is formed of a material having a relatively high coefficient of friction with standard shelving unit materials. Exemplary materials including soft, deformable rubber, or the other high friction materials listed above. In some forms, the high friction pad 3890 is formed of a first material, such as a plastic, and then coated on the bottom and/or top surfaces with the high friction material.
  • the high friction pads 3890 include attachment structures 3892 .
  • the attachment structures 3892 are snap fit structures allowing adjacent high friction pads 3890 to be coupled together, such as the dove tail joints shown.
  • a plurality of high friction pads 3890 are joined together by the attachment structures to extend the length of a shelf. Instead of needing to be coupled to the shelf, the friction between the high friction pad 3890 and the top surface of the shelf restricts sliding of the display system 3800 , securing the display system 3800 in position.
  • the high friction pad 3890 also includes a high friction material on the top surface to increase friction between the high friction pad 3890 and the bracket or divider 3880 .
  • the weight of the products being displayed pushes the divider 3880 down onto the high friction pad 3890 , securing the divider 3880 against lateral movement.
  • the divider 3880 ceases engagement with the high friction pad 3890 and can be slid laterally within the front channel 3820 .
  • the top surface of the pad 3890 has a relatively low coefficient of friction to enable products to easily slide along the surface during merchandising.
  • An alternative means is used to secure the divider 3880 against lateral movement, such as the methods described in previous embodiments.
  • the front nub or protrusion 3881 of the divider 3880 is formed of a high friction material to increase friction with the front channel 3820 and thus prevent lateral movement.
  • the pad 3890 uses other securing means, such as adhesive or magnets to secure the display system 3800 to the shelf.
  • the pad 3880 is formed of a plastic or rubber with one or more magnets embedded in it to secure the system 3800 to a metal shelf.
  • the shelf component support 3901 comprises a horizontal panel 3990 extending between a front channel 3920 and a rear stabilizer 3916 .
  • interlocking members 3991 On at least one side of the horizontal panel 3990 are interlocking members 3991 .
  • the interlocking members 3997 are shaped and configured to interlock with corresponding interlocking members 3997 on a second, adjacent shelf component support 3901 .
  • the interlocking of the interlocking members 3997 detachably couples the shelf component supports 3901 together. In this way, a modular shelf component support 3901 assembly can be made to expand substantially the entire length of a shelf.
  • the front channel 3920 is substantially similar to the front channels discussed above.
  • the front channel 3920 is sized and configured to receive a front projection from a divider or end bracket (collectively known as shelf components) and, when the back of the shelf component is pivoted down, the front projection engages front channel 3920 so as to restrict horizontal movement because of friction.
  • the front channel 3920 and/or the front projection of the shelf component include a high friction material so as to increase the friction.
  • the rear stabilizer 3916 is a come structures comprising a plurality of grooves.
  • the grooves extend parallel to the longitudinal axis of a shelf component, which is in a direction extending from the back to the front of the shelf.
  • the shelf components include at least one rear projection sized and configured to be received within a groove of the rear stabilizer 3916 .
  • the rear stabilizer 3916 restricts horizontal movement of the rear of the shelf component when the rear projection is received within a groove.
  • the rear stabilizer 3916 Spacing the front channel 3920 and the rear stabilizer 3916 by greater amounts reduces the amount of shelf component extending behind the support 3901 . Reducing the amount of overhanging shelf component decreases the amount by which the rear of the shelf component deflects during operation.
  • the rear stabilizer 3916 is positioned at least one third of the length of the shelf component from the front channel 3920 . In a more preferred embodiment, the rear stabilizer 3916 is spaced from the front channel 3920 by a distance of at least about one half the length of the shelf component.
  • FIGS. 39B-39D illustrate a shelf component assembly 3900 including the shelf component support 3901 and a shelf component 3980 .
  • the front projection 3984 of the shelf component 3980 is received in the front channel 3920 .
  • the rear projection 3989 is received within a groove of the rear stabilizer 3916 .
  • the shelf component 3980 can be moved from the first position shown to a second position by lifting the rear of the shelf component 3980 , thus removing the rear projection 3989 from the rear stabilizer 3916 and disengaging the front projection 3984 from the front channel 3920 , sliding the shelf component 3980 along the length of the channel 3920 , and then lowering the rear of the shelf component 3980 to re-engage with the front channel 3920 and rear stabilizer 3916 .
  • the horizontal panel 4090 includes a plurality of holes or apertures 4091 (see FIG. 40A ).
  • the apertures 4091 decrease the amount of material required to produce the shelf component supports 4001 .
  • the amount of material used to produce the support 4001 can be reduced by having a honeycombed or ribbed design as shown in FIG. 40B .
  • the cavities 4092 reduce the weight and total material while the ribs 4093 provide sufficient strength for the support 4001 to retain its shape in standard operation.
  • the shelf components include ledges on which the products being merchandiser by the assemblies described herein rest. Because the products are supported by the shelf components, the apertures 4091 do not interfere with facing the products.
  • the shelf component supports described herein include an attachment means or coupling device to releasably couple the shelf component assembly to a shelf.
  • the horizontal panel is composed of or coated in a high friction material, such as shown in FIGS. 38A-38C .
  • one or more strips of high friction material 4194 are coupled to the bottom of the horizontal panel 4190 as shown in FIG. 41 .
  • the coupling device comprises one or more projections configured to be received in recesses or apertures of the shelf, or around the exterior of the shelf.
  • the shelf component support may include bolt holes or screw holes such that it can be coupled to the shelf by an external fastener, such as bolts or screws.
  • FIG. 42 illustrates a product merchandising system 4200 comprising a plurality of interlocked shelf component supports 4201 .
  • the system 4200 would extend substantially the entire length of a shelf.
  • one or more of the supports 4201 include one or more preweakened lines configured to allow the support 4201 to be snapped to a desired width.
  • the supports 4201 are sized such that a standard sized shelf is evenly divisible by the width of the supports 4201 .
  • the supports 4201 are provided having widths of 1 foot, 16 inch, 2 feet, or 4 feet.
  • the interlocking members 4297 detachably coupled individual supports 4201 together such that the respective front channels 4220 and rear stabilizers 4216 are aligned.
  • the shelf components 4280 can smoothly slide from the front channel 4220 of a first support 4201 into the front channel 4220 of a second support 4201 .
  • the above disclosure includes an exemplary modular shelf management system 4200 having a base 4201 having a shelf component guide 4220 positioned on a first side of the base and an engagement member 4216 spaced apart from the guide 4220 and first side of the base 4201 for engaging a shelf component 4280 .
  • the base 4201 further has at least one mating member 4297 positioned on a second side of the base different than the first side of the base for mating adjacent bases 4201 to one another if present, and wherein the base has an upper surface and a lower surface with the lower surface coated with an adhesive (such as the adhesive strips for adhering the base to a shelf).
  • the product display merchandising system 4300 of FIGS. 43A-43H includes a plurality of shelf component supports 4301 arranged along the surface of a shelf 122 .
  • the shelf component supports support dividers or shelf components 4380 .
  • the shelf components 4380 include divider walls and spring biased pushers with dampers as described above.
  • the shelf components 4380 include front projections 4384 sized and configured to be received in the front channels 4320 of the supports 4301 . As shown in FIGS. 43D-43E , when the rear of the shelf components 4380 is lifted, the front projection 4384 is free to slide along the shelf in the longitudinal direction of the channels 4320 (perpendicular to the longitudinal axis 4380 a of the shelf components 4380 ).
  • the front projection 4384 engages the front channel 4320 to secure the shelf component 4380 against movement.
  • the engagement is a frictional engagement, such that the shelf component 4380 can be infinitely adjusted along the length of the front channel 4320 .
  • the engagement between the front channel 4320 and front projection 4384 is substantially similar as in the embodiments described above.
  • one or both of the front channel 4320 and front projection 4384 include high friction materials to increase the friction therebetween.
  • the system 4300 includes an end cap 4325 on one or both ends of the front channel 4320 .
  • the end cap 4325 can be permanent or snap fit.
  • a rear stabilizer 4316 is positioned at the rear end of the supports 4301 .
  • the rear stabilizer 4316 includes one or more slots or apertures 4317 configured to receive a downward projection 4388 of the shelf components 4380 .
  • the downward projection 4388 is part of a mounting structure 4389 that is detachably coupled to the shelf component 4380 , see FIG. 43F .
  • the mounting structure 4389 comprises a resilient body, such as plastic, configured to engage existing shelf components 4380 via a snap fit engagement, such as via snap projections 4387 .
  • the mounting structure 4389 is configured to engage the shelf component 4380 at multiple points along the length of the bottom surface of the shelf component 4380 , such that its positions relative to the front projection 4384 can be adjusted. This adjustment allows the shelf component 4380 with the mounting structure 4389 to be used to engage with multiple different sized supports 4301 .
  • the rear stabilizer 4316 and front channel 4320 are separated by a substantially horizontal plate portion 4390 .
  • the plate portion 4930 extends co-planar with the top surface 122 t of the shelf 122 .
  • the plate portion includes cavities 4392 to reduce the weight and amount of material, such as in the honeycombed pattern of the bottom surface illustrated in FIG. 43C .
  • the rear stabilizer 4316 , front channel 4320 , and plate portion 4390 are a single, continuous structure 4301 .
  • the support 4301 is formed by injection molding.
  • the distance D between the rear stabilizer 4316 and front channel 4320 is at least as long as the length L of the front channel 4320 in that same direction. In a preferred from, the distance D is at least 6 inches.
  • the distance D is determined by the depth of the shelf 122 .
  • a plurality of different supports 4301 having different distances D are provided such that one can be selected that extends substantially the entire depth of the shelf.
  • a single size support 4301 is provided having a distance D such that it can fit on a plurality of different standard shelf sizes.
  • the distance D is less than 12 inches, or in a preferred form less than or equal to 10 inches, such that it can fit on 12 inch, 18 inch, and 24 inch shelves.
  • the length of the structure 4301 is equal to the distance D plus the distance L. In one form, the length is between 6 inches and 25 inches. In a preferred form, the length is between approximately 10 inches and approximately 12 inches. In some forms, the width of the structure 4301 is such that an even number of structures 4301 fill a standard sized shelf. For example, in markets that use the imperial units the width of the shelf is between 8 inches and 48 inches wide. In a preferred embodiment, the width of the structure 4301 is approximately 8 inches, 12 inches, 16 inches, 24 inches, or 48 inches such that an array of one or more structures 4301 fills a standard 48 inch or 96 inch shelf.
  • the supports 4301 are engage the top surface 122 t of the shelf 122 so as to reduce sliding thereon.
  • the supports 4301 include one or more apertures through which bolts or screws can couple the supports 4301 to the shelf 122 .
  • the supports 4301 frictionally engage the shelf 122 .
  • Portions of high friction material 4384 are coupled to the bottom of the supports 4301 to increase friction with the shelf 122 .
  • the high friction material 4384 is an adhesive strip, such as double sided tape.
  • flat portions 4395 such as flat channels, are moulded into the bottom surface of the supports 4301 to improve engagement to the high friction material 4384 .
  • the supports 4301 include interlocking portions to secure and align adjacent supports 4301 to one another.
  • the interlocking portions described in previous embodiments can be used.
  • a rail and shelf management member e.g., divider, end bracket, pusher, etc.
  • a rail and shelf management member e.g., divider, end bracket, pusher, etc.
  • the shelf management member is allowed to deform to provide for horizontal movement or positioning of the shelf management member.
  • the shelf management member itself is movable between a first position where it is generally secured in position with respect to the rail (e.g., hindered from horizontal movement) and a second position where it is angled to release a clamping effect the rail has on the shelf management member so that it can be moved or positioned/re-positioned as desired by the user.
  • shelf management member does not always have to be lifted in order to allow for horizontal movement of same (or positioning/re-positioning of same).
  • planogram of the shelving display e.g., re-planogram
  • the disclosed shelf management system allows for an alternate way for the shelf management member to be positioned/re-positioned without the need to lift same.
  • a multiply adjustable method for adjusting the positioning of a shelf management member in a shelf management system having a first method of adjustment that entails movement of a shelf management member (e.g., an end bracket, a divider, a pusher assembly, a combination of any of these, etc.) that entails movement of the shelf management member between first and second positions (different from one another), and a second method of adjustment that entails movement of the rail to allow for movement of the shelf management member (e.g., lateral or horizontal movement of the shelf management member, positioning/re-positioning of the shelf management member, etc.).
  • a shelf management member e.g., an end bracket, a divider, a pusher assembly, a combination of any of these, etc.
  • a second method of adjustment that entails movement of the rail to allow for movement of the shelf management member (e.g., lateral or horizontal movement of the shelf management member, positioning/re-positioning of the shelf management member, etc.).
  • a method for hindering movement of a shelf management member by clamping or frictionally fitting the member between at least two walls of a front rail.
  • this further entails clamping or frictionally fitting the shelf management member between the at least two walls of the front rail and a frictional member, such as a strip, that further assists in hindering movement of the shelf management member.
  • a frictional member such as a strip
  • the universal merchandiser 100 may be coupled to existing retail displays.
  • the universal merchandiser 100 may be coupled directly to existing retail shelves or upright support structures.
  • the universal merchandiser 100 may be configured with any combination of shelf displays 120 and bar displays 202 .
  • the universal merchandiser 100 may only include shelf display units 120 or only include bar display units 202 .
  • the universal display merchandiser 100 may include a number of shelf display units 120 and a number of bar display units 202 .
  • the bar display 202 of the universal merchandiser 100 may also be configured to mount to a grid system for displaying within a retail location. The universal merchandiser 100 advantageously allows such configurations to easily suit the needs of each individual retailer.
  • a front-facing universal merchandiser may be employed with products having varying shapes and/or dimensions.
  • a universal front-facing merchandiser is described having a front rail having a first mating structure and a plurality of integrated pusher and divider assemblies.
  • a shelf management system 4300 comprises a shelf top support 4301 having a front channel 4320 , a rear engagement portion 4316 , and a substantially horizontal plate portion 4390 extending between the front channel and the rear engagement portion.
  • the shelf management system 4300 further comprises a shelf component 4380 comprising a front protrusion 4384 sized to extend into the front channel 4320 and a downward projection 4388 sized and positioned to engage the rear engagement portion 4316 .
  • the rear engagement portion 4316 comprising at least one aperture 4317 .
  • the rear engagement portion 3916 has a plurality of tooth-like projections defining cavities therebetween sized to receive the downward projection 3989 of the shelf component.
  • the distance D between the front channel 4320 and the rear engagement portion 4316 is longer than double the size of the front channel L in a direction parallel to a longitudinal axis of the shelf component.
  • the distance D between the front channel 4320 and the rear engagement portion 4316 is greater than 6 inches.
  • the distance D between the front channel 4320 and the rear engagement portion 4316 is less than 12 inches.
  • Each divider assembly includes a second mating structure that corresponds to and mates with the first mating structure to couple the integrated pusher and divider assemblies to the front rail.
  • the mating structures of each pusher and divider assembly and the front rail are movable between a first position where the integrated pusher and divider assembly is coupled to and laterally movable about the front rail and is not removable from the front rail without force being applied to the integrated pusher and divider assembly and a second position where the integrated pusher and divider assembly is secured to the front rail in a desired position in a manner that hinders lateral movement of the integrated pusher and divider assembly.
  • the first mating structure of the front rail includes an extruded channel defining a first socket located in a first portion of the front rail and a second socket located in a second portion of the front rail.
  • the second mating structure of the integrated pusher and divider assembly is insertable into the first socket of the first mating structure to couple the integrated pusher and divider assembly to the front rail.
  • the second mating structure is movable between the first socket where the integrated pusher and divider assembly remains laterally movable within the front rail and the second socket where the assembly is secured to the front rail in a way that lateral movement of the integrated pusher and divider assembly within the front rail is hindered or prevented.
  • the second mating structure may be a protrusion extending from the integrated pusher and divider assembly which corresponds in shape to at least one of the first and second socket and creates a frictional engagement between the protrusion and second socket when the protrusion is moved from the first socket to the second socket of the front rail.
  • the first socket is located in a rear portion of the front rail
  • the second socket is located in a forward portion of the front rail so that movement of the protrusion extending from the assembly from the first socket to the second socket comprises linear movement of at least a portion of the assembly from the rear portion of the front rail toward the forward portion of a front rail. This movement is in a direction generally perpendicular to the permitted lateral movement of the assembly when the protrusion is in the first socket.
  • the front rail may include an integral indicia channel and front rail assembly.
  • the indicia channel is located at a front end of the front rail for displaying indicia related to merchandise being displayed by the universal front-facing merchandiser.
  • each integrated pusher and divider assembly also includes at least one spring-biased pusher which moves from a rear portion of the integrated pusher and divider assembly to a forward portion of the integrated pusher and divider assembly.
  • the merchandiser may further include a pusher lock mechanism having a first portion that engages the pusher and secures the pusher in a rearward stocking or re-stocking position on the integrated pusher and divider assembly.
  • the locking mechanism may also have a second portion that serves as an actuator for either locking or unlocking the pusher.
  • the integral indicia channel and front rail assembly comprises a price channel.
  • This price channel is coupled to the second portion of the pusher lock mechanism and, together with the second portion of the pusher lock mechanism, serves as the actuator for unlocking the pusher when force is applied to at least a portion of the integral price channel and front rail assembly.
  • the at least one spring-biased pusher includes a damper having a damper pinion gear extending from a portion of the pusher.
  • the at least one integrated pusher and divider assembly further defines an integral pusher track and damper rack structure that the pusher travels along so that the damper pinion gear engages the damper rack to slow the pusher as merchandise is removed from the universal front-facing merchandiser.
  • the damper rack is positioned within outer boundaries of the pusher track so that the damper is linearly aligned with the track to prevent operation of the damper from exerting racking forces on the pusher.
  • the integral pusher track and damper rack defines a channel within which at least a portion of the pusher lock mechanism is disposed.
  • the pusher lock mechanism may also include a pawl and the damper may include a compound gear with a first gear portion comprising the damper pinion gear and a second gear portion that engages the pawl to secure the pusher in the stocking or re-stocking position.
  • the first and second gear portions are coaxial with one another.
  • the universal front-facing merchandiser may also include a rear stabilizer for hindering lateral movement of a rear portion of the integral pusher and divider assembly.
  • the integral pusher and divider assembly may define a recess that aligns with the rear stabilizer when the mating structures of the integral pusher and divider assembly and front rail are in the first position so that the integral pusher and divider assembly is laterally movable along the front rail.
  • pusher attachments may be provided that are attachable to at least a portion of the at least one pusher to customize the universal front-facing merchandiser for a particular type of merchandise.
  • the universal front-facing merchandiser may further comprise a divider extender that may be removably attached to a vertical wall portion of at least one of the integral pusher and divider assemblies.
  • the divider extender may have at least one of a male or female structure for mating with a corresponding female or male structure on the vertical wall portion of the integral pusher and divider assembly.
  • a method for displaying a product includes the steps of providing a product divider assembly including a front and rear portion and a divider configured to divide displayed products into rows, operatively coupling a pusher having an axis to the product divider assembly to assist in urging the displayed products from the rear portion of the product divider assembly to the front portion of the product divider assembly, and coupling a damper attachment having an axis to the pusher such that movement of the pusher from the rear portion of the product divider assembly to the front portion of the product divider assembly is dampened.
  • the damper attachment is coupled to a rear portion of the pusher such that the axis of the damper attachment is in line with the axis of the pusher so as to limit the amount of torque generated by the pusher during movement from the rear portion of the product divider assembly to the front portion of the product divider assembly.
  • a method of assembling or operating a front-facing merchandiser is provided.
  • a front rail having a first mating structure and at least one integrated pusher and divider assembly including a second mating structure that corresponds to and mates with the first mating structure to couple the integrated pusher and divider assembly to the front rail.
  • the first mating structure of the front rail comprises a channel defining a first socket located in a first portion of the front rail and a second socket located in a second portion of the front rail.
  • the second mating structure is inserted in the first socket of the front rail channel so that the integrated pusher and divider assembly is coupled to the front rail and laterally movable with respect to the front rail.
  • the second mating structure is then moved into the second socket of the front rail channel so that the integrated pusher and divider assembly is secured to the front rail in a desired position in a manner that hinders lateral movement of the integrated pusher and divider assembly.
  • a method of damping movement of a pusher in a front-facing merchandiser includes the steps of providing an integrated pusher and divider assembly with an integral pusher track and damper rack extending therefrom, the integrated pusher and divider assembly having at least one spring biased pusher connected to the integral pusher track and damper rack, the pusher further having a damper with a damper pinion gear, and damping movement of the at least one pusher by having the damper pinion gear engage the damper rack of the integral pusher track and damper rack.
  • the method may further include the step of aligning the damper rack between outer surfaces of the pusher track to linearly align the damper with the pusher track so that no racking forces are exerted on the pusher and damper travels along the integral pusher track and damper rack.
  • a method of manufacturing an integrated pusher and divider assembly is provided. First a plastic front rail having a first mating structure is extruded. Next, at least one integrated pusher and divider assembly having a second mating structure that corresponds to and mates with the first mating structure of the front rail to couple the integrated pusher and divider assembly to the front rail is plastic injection molded.
  • the integrated pusher and divider assembly has an integral pusher track and damper rack extending from a main body of the integrated pusher and divider assembly, the integrated pusher and divider assembly having a resilient structure located on a distal end thereof.
  • At least one pusher is molded and coupled to the integrated pusher and divider assembly by installing the at least one pusher on the resilient end of the integral pusher track and damper rack.
  • the resiliency of the resilient end maintains the at least one pusher on the integral pusher track and damper rack once installed thereon.
  • a spring is connected from the at least one pusher to a forward portion of the integrated pusher and divider assembly in order to normally bias the pusher toward the forward portion of the integrated pusher and divider assembly.

Landscapes

  • Display Racks (AREA)

Abstract

A shelf management system is disclosed having a tray defining a first mating structure and a second mating structure, a shelf management component having a spring biased pusher connected thereto and movable between a first position wherein the pusher is extended to a rear of the shelf management component and a second position wherein the pusher is retracted to a front of the shelf management component, and an interstitial member positioned between the shelf management component and the tray to secure the shelf management component to the tray and hinder lateral movement of the shelf management component with respect to the tray. Improved components of the shelf management system are also disclosed as are methods relating to same.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/430,227, filed Dec. 5, 2016, and claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/560,546, filed Sep. 19, 2017, which are hereby incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
  • TECHNICAL FIELD
  • This invention relates generally to merchandise display structures, and more specifically to customizable display structures capable of universally fitting and automatically facing desired products and methods relating to same.
  • BACKGROUND
  • Shelving systems have been used for decades to organize shelves and the presentation of products on shelves. For example, U.S. Pat. No. 2,516,122 issued to Hughes on Jul. 25, 1950, U.S. Pat. No. 2,688,409 issued to Echlin on Sep. 7, 1954, U.S. Pat. No. 2,884,139 issued to Dunham on Apr. 28, 1959, U.S. Pat. No. 3,285,429 issued to Propst on Nov. 15, 1966, U.S. Pat. No. 3,339,746 issued to McCabe on Sep. 5, 1967, U.S. Pat. No. 3,780,876 issued to Elkins on Dec. 25, 1973, U.S. Pat. No. 3,868,021 issued to Heinrich on Feb. 25, 1975, and U.S. Pat. No. 4,615,276 issued to Garabedian on Oct. 7, 1986, all disclose shelving systems that use dividers that are laterally moveable about front and/or rear rails associated with the shelves to neatly present items on the shelves in an organized manner and in such a way as to maximize the use of available shelving space.
  • In addition to the problems of neatly displaying items on shelving and organizing items in a way to maximize the use of available shelving space, retailers were also faced with the problem of keeping product at the front of shelves to maintain neat appearance, give off the impression of a well-stocked store and to ensure older product is sold before newer product. Many gravity feed systems were devised to solve this problem, such as U.S. Pat. No. 2,769,551 issued to Just on Nov. 6, 1956. Additional push and/or pull systems were then devised to accommodate shelving systems or product where gravity feed systems were not an option or at least did not work as well as desired. U.S. Pat. No. 3,008,583 issued to Lindell on Nov. 14, 1961, U.S. Pat. No. 3,161,295 issued to Chesley on Dec. 15, 1964, Japanese Patent No. JPS56-33414 issued Nov. 27, 1979 and Japanese Patent No. JPS63-61007 issued Dec. 8, 1984 disclose examples of such systems which automatically advance stored product toward the front of the shelving unit as items are removed from the shelf. These automatic advancement merchandisers are typically referred to as “front-facing”, “auto-facing” or “self-facing” merchandisers and are desired because they greatly reduce the amount of time retailers or suppliers to retailers have to spend straightening or organizing their shelves to achieve the objectives discussed above (e.g., neatly presenting product in an organized manner, maximizing use of available shelving space, keeping product at the front of shelves to give the impression of a well-stocked store, to ensure older product is sold before newer product, etc.).
  • One problem associated with such front-facing merchandisers, however, is that they require advance knowledge of the product size before positioning the system on a shelf in order to maximize the use of available shelving space or the retailer has to be willing to give-up some shelf space by using a merchandiser that is not sized for the specific product or good being displayed. For example, in the 1950s, 1960s and 1970s, many of the products displayed via such merchandising systems were cigarette boxes and cartons of cigarette boxes which did not all come in the same size or shape. Thus, if a generic merchandiser was used that would fit all products, there would certainly be wasted space due to some packages being smaller than others. In order to solve this problem, systems were devised that would accommodate for products of varying size, and allow the merchandiser or merchandising system to be adjusted to varying product sizes so as to accommodate product of different size and shape and maximize the available shelving space (also known as maximizing “pack-out” or “packout”). U.S. Pat. No. 3,308,961 issued to Chesley on Mar. 14, 1967, Swiss Patent No. CH412251 issued to Gemperle/ETH Zurich on Apr. 1, 1968 and U.S. Pat. No. 3,452,899 issued to Libberton on Jul. 1, 1969, all disclose merchandisers that adjust to fit the specific size of the product being displayed and, thereby allowing retailers to maximize use of available shelving space or pack-out.
  • Over the years, a variety of different front-facing merchandisers that account for product size have been provided. Some comprise self-contained systems that simply rest on top of shelving like U.S. Pat. No. 4,730,741 issued to Jackie on Mar. 15, 1988, U.S. Pat. No. 5,110,192 issued to Lauterbach on May 5, 1992, U.S. Pat. No. 5,673,801 issued to Markson on Oct. 7, 1997 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. JPH11-155701 published to Kawajun on Jun. 15, 1999. Other front-facing merchandisers utilize the front and/or rear rail systems discussed above such as British Patent No. GB2027339 issued to Corjon on Feb. 20, 1980, French Published Patent Application No. FR2667229 published to Corjon on Apr. 3, 1992, U.S. Pat. No. 5,390,802 issued to Pappagallo on Feb. 21, 1995, International Patent Application No. WO95/13003 published to PPE Ltd. on May 18, 1995, European Patent Application Publication No. EP0956794 published to HMG Worldwide on Nov. 17, 1999, Japanese Published Patent Application No. JPH11-342054 published to Kawajun on Dec. 14, 1999, Japanese Published Patent Application No. JPH11-346879 published to Kawajun on Dec. 21, 1999, Japanese Published Patent Application No. JP2000-004996 published to Kawajun on Jan. 11, 2000. Many of the latter references further improve the merchandisers by reducing the number of merchandiser components and making more of the system parts out of plastic, such as by integrating the pusher track and divider and making the combined divider and track structure, the corresponding pushers, and front and rear rails out of plastic. These merchandisers not only allow for quick and easy adjustment to the specific size of the product being displayed in order to maximize usage of available shelving space, but also allow for easy adjustment to accommodate changes in displayed product size, the addition of new product and/or the reorganization of a shelf or product category on the shelf (typically referred to as “cut-ins” and “resets”) without requiring removal of product inventory.
  • In addition, several systems have been designed with features to improve the performance of such front-facing merchandisers. For example, systems have been designed with pusher locks for locking the pusher in a rear stocking or re-stocking position such as U.S. Pat. No. 3,161,295 issued to Chesley on Dec. 15, 1964, U.S. Pat. No. 4,730,741 issued to Jackie on Mar. 15, 1988, U.S. Pat. No. 5,634,564 issued to Spamer on Jun. 3, 1997, U.S. Pat. No. 5,673,801 issued to Markson on Oct. 7, 1997 and British Patent GB2392667 issued to Gamble on Mar. 10, 2004. In some systems, pushers have been designed with dampers to slow the progression of the pusher as product is removed from the merchandiser so that the pusher does not exert too much force against the displayed product (which could damage the product and/or force it out of the merchandiser unintentionally). Such systems are disclosed in Japanese Published Patent Application No. JPH06-38735 published to Sunco Spring on May 24, 1994 and British Published Patent Application No. GB2392667 published to Gamble on Mar. 10, 2004. Other improvements include systems having pushers that can be adjusted in width (e.g., such as by having pivoting members to widen the reach of a pusher) or adjusted in height (e.g., such as by attaching a pusher attachment that extends the upper bounds of the pusher). Such systems are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,390,802 issued to Pappagallo on Feb. 21, 1995, U.S. Pat. No. 5,634,564 issued to Spamer on Jun. 3, 1997, Japanese Published Patent Application No. JPH11-342054 published to Kawajun on Dec. 14, 1999 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,142,317 issued to Merl on Nov. 7, 2000. Some systems also provide for adjusting the height of the system to accommodate taller types of product or stacked product such as U.S. Pat. No. 4,901,869 issued to Hawkinson on Feb. 20, 1990 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,598,754 issued to Weller on Jul. 29, 2003.
  • Other areas where significant efforts have been expended in this field relate to the desire to make the shelf organizers easy to adjust to accommodate re-planograms (e.g., changes to the planogram or store shelf layout), which may be due to a desire to change how products are displayed on a shelf or for other reasons (e.g., due to changes in a particular product's container or shape, etc.). For decades, it has been desirable to have the shelf organization components movable horizontally along a front or rear rail or channel to allow the system to be adjustable to accommodate product of different sizes and easily adjust for re-planograms. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 2,516,122 issued to Hughes on Jul. 25, 1950, 2688409 issued to Echlin on Sep. 7, 1954, 2884139 issued to Dunham on Apr. 28, 1959, 3285429 issued to Chesley on Mar. 14, 1967, U.S. Pat. No. 3,339,746 issued to McCabe on Sep. 5, 1967, U.S. Pat. No. 3,780,876 issued to Elkins on Dec. 25, 1973, U.S. Pat. No. 3,868,021 issued to Heinrich on Feb. 25, 1975, U.S. Pat. No. 4,615,276 issued to Garabedian on Oct. 7, 1986, U.S. Pat. No. 4,712,694 issued to Breslow on Dec. 15, 1987 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,830,201 issued to Breslow on May 16, 1989. One shortcoming with such systems, however, was that the easier they were to adjust horizontally, the more likely they were to shift during use which often was undesirable. Thus, further improvements came by creating systems that required movement of the shelf components out of their normal resting position during use to a separate position to allow for horizontal adjustment and prevent such movement when in their normal resting position for usage. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,110,192 issued to Lauterbach on May 5, 1992, U.S. Pat. No. 5,673,801 issued to Markson on Oct. 7, 1997, U.S. Pat. No. 6,041,720 issued to Hardy on Mar. 28, 2000, and U.S. Pat. No. 7,971,735 issued to Mueller Jul. 5, 2011. These too, however, have had problems and/or increased expense of the units due to their complex make-up/configuration.
  • Even with all of these improvements, there are still other areas in which merchandisers can be improved, such as by further reducing the number of merchandiser components and further simplifying and/or perfecting the operation of the merchandiser including some of the very areas of operation discussed above. Accordingly, it has been determined that a need exists for an improved front-facing merchandiser and components for same which overcome the aforementioned limitations and which further provide capabilities, features and functions not available in current merchandisers and for improved methods relating to same.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • The above needs are at least partially met through provision of the universal merchandiser described in the following detailed description, particularly when studied in conjunction with the drawings, wherein:
  • FIGS. 1A-C are perspective, left side elevation and front elevation views, respectively, of a universal merchandiser as configured in accordance with various embodiments of the invention, with the universal merchandiser being illustrated with both a fixed shelf unit and a bar support unit or suspended bar version;
  • FIG. 2 comprises a perspective view of a portion of the fixed shelf unit of FIGS. 1A-C illustrating an end bracket and an interstitial bracket;
  • FIGS. 3A-B are enlarged perspective views of the front and rear, respectively, of the fully assembled interstitial bracket of FIG. 2;
  • FIGS. 4A-F are upper perspective, front elevation, rear elevation, left side elevation, top plan and lower perspective views, respectively, of the body of the interstitial bracket of FIG. 2;
  • FIGS. 5A-C are upper perspective, front elevation and lower perspective views, respectively, of a right side slider or pusher structure in accordance with aspects of the invention;
  • FIGS. 6A-C are upper perspective, front elevation and lower perspective views, respectively, of a left side slider or pusher structure in accordance with aspects of the invention;
  • FIG. 7 comprises a perspective view of the left side end bracket of FIGS. 1A-C in accordance with aspects of the invention illustrated without the friction reducing structure attached to the body of the bracket;
  • FIGS. 8A-B are upper and lower perspective views, respectively, of the right side end bracket of FIGS. 1A-C and 2 illustrated without the friction reducing structure attached to the body of the bracket;
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view of the fixed shelf unit of FIGS. 1A-C illustrating the fully assembled brackets with roller type friction reducing structures and having product such as cereal boxes displayed in the universal merchandiser;
  • FIG. 10A are perspective views of an alternate friction reducing structure in accordance with the invention, with FIG. 10B being an enlarged partial perspective view of the front of the interstitial bracket illustrated in FIG. 10A;
  • FIG. 11 comprises a perspective view of the alternate friction reducing structure of FIGS. 10A-B illustrating the flat bar or belt like shape of same;
  • FIG. 12 comprises a perspective view of the fixed shelf unit of FIGS. 1A-C using the alternate friction reducing structure of FIGS. 10A-11 to move smaller product with higher centers of gravity, such as potato chip containers, which may be easier moved with a friction reducing structure having a continuous surface rather than rollers;
  • FIG. 13 comprises a perspective view of an alternate fixed shelf unit in accordance with the invention, in which the brackets are mounted to the shelf in a manner that allows for a limited range of lateral movement of each bracket rather than the much wider range of lateral movement provided in the embodiment of FIGS. 1A-C;
  • FIG. 14 is a perspective view of a portion of the suspended bar version or bar support unit of the universal merchandiser of FIGS. 1A-C;
  • FIGS. 15A-B are perspective and cross-sectional views, respectively, of the front of the interstitial bar support unit of FIG. 14, with the cross-section of FIG. 15B taken along line 15B-15B in FIG. 15A pusher or slider assembly;
  • FIGS. 15C-D are perspective and cross-sectional views, respectively, of the rear of the interstitial bar support unit of FIG. 14, with the cross-section of FIG. 15D being taken along line 15D-15D in FIG. 15C;
  • FIG. 15E comprises a perspective view of the support bracket used for the bar support unit of FIG. 15A according to one aspect of the invention;
  • FIGS. 16A-C are perspective, left side elevation, and cross-sectional views, respectively, of the front of the end bracket of FIG. 14, with the cross-section taken through the center of the bracket and bracket support illustrated in FIG. 16A;
  • FIGS. 16D-E are side elevation and cross-sectional views, respectively, of the rear of the end bracket of FIG. 14, with the cross-section taken through the center of the bracket and bracket support illustrated in FIG. 16A;
  • FIGS. 17A-D are left side perspective, right side perspective, front elevation and left side elevation views, respectively, of the mounting bracket illustrated in use with the bar support unit of FIG. 14;
  • FIGS. 18A-D comprise side elevation views of the mounting bar and bracket of the bar support unit of FIG. 14 with FIG. 18A illustrating the mounting bar and bracket in position to hold the bar support member at an initial horizontal position, FIG. 18B illustrating the mounting bar and bracket in position to hold the bar support member at an angled position, FIG. 18C illustrating the mounting bar and bracket in position to hold the bar support member at a raised horizontal position and FIG. 18D illustrating the mounting bar and bracket in position to hold the bar support member at a raised angled position (noting that the order of these orientations may be reversed so that the mounting bar and bracket start at an initial position that is higher and can be rotated to provide horizontal and angled positions that are lower if desired);
  • FIGS. 19A-B are perspective and left side elevation views of the mounting bar of FIG. 14;
  • FIG. 20 is a perspective view of an alternate bar support unit in accordance with the invention in which a slide and pusher assembly similar to the slide and pusher of FIGS. 10A-12 is shown used in conjunction with a conventional square bar and mounting bracket;
  • FIGS. 21A-B are front and rear perspective views, respectively, of an alternate bar support unit in accordance with the invention in which optional risers are shown connected to the universal merchandiser to accommodate dispensing of stacked products, with FIG. 21B being a rear perspective of a cross-section of FIG. 21A taken along line 21B-21B in FIG. 21A;
  • FIG. 22 comprises a side perspective view of an alternate mounting bar and bracket for a bar support unit in accordance with aspects of the invention in which a single pivotable stabilizing member is used to secure the support arms in position along the mounting bar;
  • FIG. 23A-B are front perspective and side elevation views, respectively, of an alternate mounting bar and bracket for a bar support unit in accordance with aspects of the invention in which an alternate pivoting stabilizer is used to secure each support arm in position along the mounting bar;
  • FIGS. 24A-D are side elevation views of an alternate mounting bar and bracket for a bar support unit in accordance with aspects of the invention inch which a multi-positional mounting bracket is used to position a conventional square mounting bar in four different positions with each position allowing the support bar to be raised or lowered a predetermined amount of distance (a reference line has been added transcending all figures to illustrate how ninety degree rotations of the mounting bracket result in corresponding changes in the positioning of the support bar);
  • FIGS. 25A-B are partially exploded and perspective views of an alternate mounting bar and support bar configuration in accordance with aspects of the invention in which FIG. 25A illustrates an alternate cammed fastener exploded from the support bracket and FIG. 25B illustrates the cammed fastener inserted into the support bracket and pivoted or turned in order to secure the support arm to the mounting bar without risking puncture of the mounting bar or other damage to same;
  • FIGS. 26A-D are perspective, front elevation, left side elevation and bottom views, respectively, of an alternate universal merchandiser assembly with a lockable dampened pusher as configured in accordance with various embodiments of the invention, with FIGS. 26C and 26D having break lines to allow for larger images to be shown with more detail;
  • FIGS. 26E-F are enlarged perspective views of the pusher assembly of FIGS. 26A-D illustrating part of an exemplary and optional lock mechanism in locked and released positions, respectively;
  • FIGS. 26G-H are enlarged partial perspective views of the rear carriage portion of the universal merchandiser of FIGS. 26A-F (illustrated without the pusher in FIG. 26G), showing how the damper mates with the pusher and how the internal damper components are connected to the carriage and how the carriage is symmetrical to allow the internal components to be connected in a mirror image orientation for use on the opposite side of the divider;
  • FIGS. 26I-J are enlarged partial perspective and left side elevation views, respectively, of the lock mechanism and glide bar of FIGS. 26A-H, illustrating how the lock mechanism and glide bar cooperate to form the track for the damper (see FIG. 26I) and how the lock mechanism is connected to the rear of the universal merchandiser bracket and release mechanism (see FIG. 26J);
  • FIGS. 27A-C are perspective views of exemplary pusher accessories that may be mounted onto the pusher to assist front facing of certain products so that the merchandiser can be customized and readily changed to accommodate specific product being pushed, with FIG. 27A illustrating the pusher and an exemplary accessory having an open area to separate a first and section portion which assists in the manufacturing thereof and FIGS. 27B-C illustrating alternate exemplary accessories;
  • FIG. 28A is a perspective view of an alternate exemplary embodiment of a universal merchandiser assembly in accordance with various aspects of the invention illustrating an alternate embodiment of the release mechanism;
  • FIG. 28B is an enlarged rear perspective view of the front of the universal merchandiser assembly of FIG. 28A illustrating how it connects into the front mount and how the front mount connects to a shelving unit;
  • FIGS. 28C-D are enlarged perspective and side elevation views of the front of the universal merchandiser assembly of FIGS. 28A-B illustrating in greater detail the alternate embodiment of the release mechanism;
  • FIGS. 29A-B are rear and front perspective views, respectively, of an alternate universal merchandiser assembly in accordance with another embodiment of the invention, with FIG. 29A illustrating a product divider assembly having two product holders or slides on opposite sides of the divider and FIG. 29B illustrating a cleaner front perspective view of just the product holders or slides showing how the structures engage one another and the universal merchandising assembly
  • FIGS. 30A-B are enlarged side elevation views of the front of an alternate universal merchandiser assembly in accordance with another embodiment of the invention, with FIG. 30A illustrating a product divider assembly being engaged with a front portion of a rail to prevent and/or limit lateral movement along the rail, and FIG. 30B illustrating the product divider assembly being partially disengaged with the front portion of the rail to allow lateral movement along the rail while still being partially secured thereto;
  • FIGS. 31A-C are enlarged perspective views of the rear of an alternate universal merchandiser assembly in accordance with another embodiment of the invention, with FIG. 31A illustrating a product divider assembly having an opening that is disengaged from a toothed or combed support structure, FIG. 31B illustrating the product divider assembly being in a raised, partially disengaged position to still allow lateral movement of the divider assembly along the length of the combed support structure, and FIG. 31C illustrating the divider assembly being in a lowered engaged configuration whereby lateral movement of the divider assembly is minimized due to engagement with the combed support structure;
  • FIG. 32 is a perspective view of an alternate combed support structure for a shelf-based universal merchandiser assembly;
  • FIGS. 33A-C are enlarged perspective and side elevation views of the rear of an alternate universal merchandiser stabilizing assembly being used in a grid-type merchandising environment in accordance with another embodiment of the invention, with FIGS. 33A-B illustrating a divider assembly being secured by the stabilizing mechanism and FIG. 33C illustrating the stabilizing mechanism being disengaged from the divider assembly to allow movement of the divider assembly;
  • FIGS. 34A-C are perspective, enlarged perspective, and cross sectional views of an alternate universal merchandiser assembly having an integral pusher track and damper rack, with FIGS. 34A-B illustrating a low profile front rail and a pusher release mechanism, and FIG. 34C illustrating the pusher release mechanism;
  • FIGS. 34D-E are side elevation views of the alternate universal merchandiser assembly of FIGS. 34A-C, with FIG. 34D illustrating the divider assembly being disengaged from the low profile front rail and FIG. 34E illustrating the divider assembly being movably engaged with a ridge or protrusion of the low profile front rail to limit lateral movement of the divider assembly;
  • FIGS. 34F-G are enlarged rear perspective views of the alternate universal merchandiser assembly of FIGS. 34A-G which illustrate the guide structure which ensures the pusher properly engages the pusher release mechanism and deformable hooks at the end of the integral track and rack which allow the pusher to be installed and/or removed therefrom;
  • FIGS. 35A-B are perspective and side elevation views of an alternate universal merchandiser assembly being useable on a bar-type gondola and being able to accommodate bars and/or gondolas having a number of different dimensions, with FIG. 35B illustrating an integral front rail, price channel, and pusher release mechanism; and
  • FIG. 35C-D illustrate enlarged front perspective and cross sectional rear side elevation views of the alternate universal merchandiser assembly of FIGS. 35A-B, with FIG. 35C having the pusher removed to illustrate the damper gear assembly, and with FIG. 35D illustrating the pusher assembly being secured in a rearward position using a separate gear on the damper assembly that engages the pusher release mechanism to prevent forward movement of the pusher.
  • FIGS. 36A-D illustrate a merchandiser assembly having a frictional front rail and divider engagement, with FIG. 36A being a perspective view of a portion of a front rail and divider, FIG. 36B being a left side elevation view of the portion of the front rail and divider shown in cross-section, FIG. 36C being another cross-section view of the portion of the front rail and divider but illustrating it being lifted to permit horizontal movement of the divider along the rail, FIG. 36D being a perspective view of the portion of the front rail being deformed or moved in an alternate way to allow for horizontal adjustment of the divider.
  • FIGS. 36E-F illustrate left side elevation views of alternative front rails for use in the assembly of FIGS. 36A-D, with FIG. 36E illustrating three potential locations for a frictional member to engage with and/or hinder the divider from horizontal movement within the rail (and two different shapes for such frictional members), and FIG. 36F illustrating yet another alternate shape and location of a frictional member for engaging and/or hindering a divider from horizontal movement within the rail.
  • FIGS. 37A-B illustrate a left side elevation and perspective views respectively of a merchandiser assembly having a frictional front rail and divider engagement, with FIG. 37A illustrating three potential locations for a frictional member to be located on the divider and FIG. 37B illustrating a pair of dividers having the frictional member at one of the illustrated locations.
  • FIGS. 38A-C illustrate a left side elevation and perspective view of a merchandiser system having a frictional pad for securing the merchandiser assembly to a surface, such as a shelf. FIG. 38A is a left side elevation illustrating the assembly of a divider, front rail, and pad. FIG. 38B shows a pair of the pads with front rails and rear stabilizers. FIG. 38C illustrates the pair of pads from FIG. 38B with one pad inverted to illustrate the bottom surface.
  • FIGS. 39A-D illustrate a merchandiser system shelf component assembly comprising a shelf component support and a shelf component. FIG. 39A is a perspective view of the shelf component support. FIG. 39B is a perspective view of the assembly including the support of FIG. 39A. FIG. 39C is a side elevation of the assembly of FIG. 39B. FIG. 39D is a top plan view of the assembly of FIGS. 39B-C.
  • FIGS. 40A-B illustrate a shelf component support including features for reducing the weight and amount of material. FIG. 40A is a top plan view of the shelf component support. FIG. 40B is a bottom plan view of the shelf component support of FIG. 40A.
  • FIG. 41 is a bottom plan view of a shelf component support having a plurality of high friction strips for releasably coupling to a shelf.
  • FIG. 42 is a top plan view of a merchandising system comprising a plurality of shelf component supports and shelf components.
  • FIG. 43A is a perspective view of a product display system having a plurality of shelf component supports and shelf components on a shelf.
  • FIG. 43B is an end view of the product display system of FIG. 43A.
  • FIG. 43C is a bottom view of the product display system of FIGS. 43A-43B with the shelf removed to better illustrate the shelf component supports and shelf components.
  • FIG. 43D is an end view of the display system of FIGS. 43A-43C with the shelf component pivoted upward to disengage the support.
  • FIG. 43E is an end view of the display system of FIGS. 43A-43D with the shelf component pivoted downward to engage the support.
  • FIG. 43F is a bottom perspective exploded view of the shelf component of FIGS. 43A-43E showing the mounting structure.
  • FIG. 43G is a top perspective view of a shelf component support of the display system of FIGS. 43A-43E.
  • FIG. 43H is a bottom perspective exploded view of the shelf component support of FIG. 43G.
  • Skilled artisans will appreciate that elements in the figures are illustrated for simplicity and clarity and have not necessarily been drawn to scale. For example, the dimensions and/or relative positioning of some of the elements in the figures may be exaggerated relative to other elements to help to improve understanding of various embodiments of the present invention. Also, common but well-understood elements that are useful or necessary in a commercially feasible embodiment are often not depicted in order to facilitate a less obstructed view of these various embodiments. It will further be appreciated that certain actions and/or steps may be described or depicted in a particular order of occurrence while those skilled in the art will understand that such specificity with respect to sequence is not actually required. It will also be understood that the terms and expressions used herein have the ordinary technical meaning as is accorded to such terms and expressions by persons skilled in the technical field as set forth above except where different specific meanings have otherwise been set forth herein.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Generally speaking, pursuant to these various embodiments, a product display is herein presented. The product display includes a pair of upstanding vertical supports, at least one product support structure having a plurality of protrusions extending laterally therefrom that is connected to the upstanding vertical supports, a friction-reducing component that couples to the protrusions of the product support structure, and a stopping mechanism coupled to a distal end of the product support structure.
  • In some embodiments, the product support structure further includes a biasing member coupled to the friction-reducing component configured to urge the product to an end of the product support structure. In one form, the biasing member is a pusher or slider assembly having a face, bottom surface, and an attachment portion, and is configured to allow the friction-reducing component to nest within the slider attachment portion.
  • In some embodiments, the friction reducing component comprises a plurality of cylindrical rollers having an inner through bore and are coupled to the protrusions of the product support structure on a single side of the roller. In other embodiments, the friction reducing component comprises an elongated flat slide bar or belt member having a plurality of holes configured to mate with the plurality of protrusions extending from the product support structure. In still other forms, a combination of rollers and slide bar or belt members may be used (e.g., having a roller portion and bar portion, alternating from roller to bar to roller or vice versa, etc.).
  • In some embodiments, the product display further includes an information display device pivotally mated to the product support structure so that it may be rotated to display a first set of information on a front side, and a second set of information on a rear side. For example, the information display device may be a pivotal or rotatable price channel that allows for a product price to be displayed in a first position and a SKU number or bar code to be accessed or displayed in a second position.
  • In some embodiments, the product support structure mates with a horizontal shelf and is configured to be placed at any distance between the pair of upstanding vertical supports. For example, in a preferred form, the upstanding vertical supports are laterally movable about a plurality of positions. In other forms, the support structures are suspended from a bar without a shelf present.
  • In some embodiments, the product support structure extends from the upstanding vertical support at an angle less than about 90 degrees. For example, in some forms, the support structure is angled so that gravitational forces assist the product in moving towards a protruding or distal end of the product support structure. In other forms, a rotatable bracket is used to allow the product support structures to be positioned at a plurality of angles with respect to the bar and/or the vertical support structure or gondola to which they are mounted.
  • In some examples, a product display apparatus is provided that includes a product divider assembly having a front portion, a rear portion, and a divider, a pusher operatively coupled to the product divider assembly to assist in moving displayed products from the rear portion of the product divider assembly to the front portion thereof, and an integral forward structure and pusher locking release mechanism coupled to the front portion of the product divider assembly. The pusher is configured to be engageable with the rear portion of the product divider assembly such that the pusher is retained at the rear portion thereof. The integral forward structure and pusher locking release mechanism is configured to be actuated by effecting a force on a portion thereof to disengage the pusher from the rear portion of the product divider assembly.
  • In some forms, the integral forward structure and pusher locking mechanism may comprise a front rail which is configured to couple to and support at least a portion of the front portion of the product divider assembly. In other forms, the integral forward structure and pusher locking release mechanism may include an information channel (e.g., a price channel) which displays information relating to the displayed product. This information channel is configured to at least partially support at least a portion of the front portion of the product divider assembly. It is understood that in some of these forms, the product display apparatus may include an integral forward structure and pusher locking release mechanism includes both a front rail and an information channel.
  • In alternate approaches, a product display apparatus may include a product divider assembly having front and rear portions and a divider to divide a number of displayed products into rows, a pusher having an axis and being operatively coupled to the product divider assembly, and a damper attachment having an axis and being configured to be coupled to the pusher to dampen movement of the pusher. This damper attachment is coupled to a rear portion of the pusher such that the damper attachment axis is collinear with the pusher axis. So configured, the amount of torque generated by the pusher during movement from the rear portion of the product divider assembly to the front portion of the product divider assembly is limited. In some forms, this damper attachment may be removable from the pusher using any number of conventionally known methods. In other forms, the damper attachment may be an integral component of the pusher.
  • In some embodiments, a product display apparatus may include a product divider assembly having front and rear portions, a divider, and an integrally formed track assembly, a pusher being operatively coupled to the integrally formed track assembly, and at least one of a damper attachment coupled to a rear portion of the pusher and a pusher locking release mechanism configured to be actuated by effecting a force on a portion of the product divider assembly to disengage the pusher from the rear portion of the product divider assembly. This pusher locking release mechanism may be coupled to the front portion of the divider assembly. It will be understood that in some forms, the damper attachment and the pusher locking release mechanism may be provided.
  • In still other examples, a product display apparatus is provided having a product divider assembly, at least one attachment coupled to the product divider assembly and defining a recess, and a pusher operatively coupled to the product divider assembly. This pusher is configured to be at least partially operably disposed in the recess defined by the at least one attachment.
  • In some approaches, a dual engagement product display apparatus includes a rail having a length extending between a portion of a product display and a product divider assembly being operably coupled to the rail to divide a plurality of displayed products into rows. The product divider assembly is configured to be movable between a first position in which the product divider is coupled to the rail while still allowing for lateral movement along the length of the rail and a second position where the assembly is frictionally coupled to the rail to hinder lateral movement along the length of the rail. The rail may be a front rail being coupled to the front portion of the product divider assembly and/or a rear rail being coupled to the rear portion of the product divider assembly.
  • The product divider assembly may include a clearance for allowing a stabilizing device to be disengaged such that the product display apparatus may be laterally movable when the product display is in the first position. This clearance may allow the product divider assembly to be engaged with the stabilizing device such that lateral movement of the product display apparatus is hindered when in the second position. In alternate approaches, the product divider assembly may include an angled opening to allow the product divider assembly to be moved between a first position where the product divider assembly does not engage a stabilizing device so as to allow lateral movement of the product divider assembly and a second position where the angled opening engages the stabilizing device to limit lateral movement of the product divider assembly.
  • In some embodiments, a product display apparatus may include a product divider assembly having a damper rack, a pusher being operatively coupled to the product divider assembly, and a compound gear having a first gear portion and a second gear portion. The first gear portion includes gear teeth configured to engage the damper rack, and the second gear portion is configured to engage a locking device for locking the pusher at the rear portion of the product divider assembly. In some forms, this locking device is a pawl which engages the second gear portion of the compound gear.
  • In still other embodiments, a dual engagement product display apparatus may include a stabilizer having a length extending between a at least a portion of a product display and a product diver assembly. Upon moving one of the stabilizer or the product divider assembly in a first direction, a clearance between the stabilizer and the product divider assembly is created that allows for lateral movement of the product divider assembly with respect to the stabilizer. Upon moving one of the stabilizer or the product divider assembly in a second direction, lateral movement of the product divider assembly with respect to the stabilizer is hindered.
  • In some of these embodiments, the stabilizer comprises a combed or toothed structure disposed near the rear portion of the product divider assembly. It is understood that the stabilizer may alternatively be disposed near the front portion of the product divider assembly.
  • In addition to the above approaches, a method of displaying a product is provided. A product divider assembly is provided and a pusher having an axis is operably coupled to the divider assembly. A damper having an axis is then coupled to the pusher such that movement of the pusher from the rear to the front portion of the product divider assembly is dampened. This damper attachment is coupled to a rear portion of the pusher such that the axis of the damper attachment is in line with the axis of the pusher so as to limit the amount of torque generated by the pusher during movement of the pusher.
  • These and other benefits may become clearer upon making a thorough review and study of the following detailed description. Referring now to the drawings, and in particular to FIGS. 1A-C, an illustrative example of an upright merchandiser 100 that is compatible with many of these teachings can include a vertical support structure 110, fixed shelf display 120, shelf 122, bar display 202, end brackets 150, 250, rotatable bracket 220, bar 230, and interstitial supports, such as arm support members or dividers 180, 280. Together the arm support members 180, 280 and corresponding end brackets 150, 250 serve as product support members. More of these structures may be added to provide multiple rows or columns of product as desired in a particular display. In some embodiments, the fixed shelf 122, end brackets 150, and arm support member 180 mount to the vertical support structures 110 and extend outwardly therefrom to form the shelf display 120. In other embodiments, the vertical support structures 110, end brackets 250, rotatable bracket 220, bar 230, and arm support member 280 are mated together to form the bar display 202.
  • The vertical support structures 110 are of the conventional nature and include elongated slots 112 for mounting a number of display devices. The elongated slots 112 are spaced 1 inch (1″) apart along the vertical support structures 110, allowing a merchandiser to choose a variety of display mount heights. These vertical support structures 110 are well known to those having skill in the art, and for the sake of brevity and the preservation of focus, will not be discussed further.
  • Referring now to FIGS. 2-3B, an example of a fixed shelf display 120 is provided. In some embodiments, the fixed shelf display 120 includes a shelf 122, a first shelf mount, such as rear shelf mount 124, a second shelf mount, such as front shelf mount 126, arm support member 180 having a support structure arm 181 extending upwardly, front mounting portion 186 and rear mounting portion 188, and end brackets 150 having front mounting portion 156 and rear mounting portion 158. In some embodiments, all of components of the end brackets 150 and arm support member 180 are constructed of extruded or injection molded polymers or similar materials to reduce costs as compared to conventional metal parts. It is understood that other methods of producing parts made of polymers or similar materials may be envisioned, for example thermoforming, blow molding, or the like. Additionally, in some embodiments, the components of the end brackets 150 and arm support member 180 are constructed of a combination of plastics and metals (e.g., plastic body with metal bushings or bearings, etc.).
  • In some embodiments, the shelf 122 mounts to the vertical support structures 110 through conventional methods. For example, both lateral ends of the shelf 122 may include elongated hooked-shaped tabbed members (not shown) which are configured to insert into the elongated slots 112 to securely mount the shelf display 120.
  • In some embodiments, the rear and front shelf mounts 124, 126 are configured to mate to the upper surface of the shelf 122. The shelf mounts 124, 126 may be configured to be secured to the shelf by a snap or friction fit. Alternatively, the shelf mounts 124, 126 may be secured to the shelf using screws, nuts and bolts, or other conventional fastening methods.
  • The shelf mounts 124, 126 include an elongated C-shaped channel 125, 127 that extends along the longitudinal length of the shelf mount which allows the corresponding front and rear mounting attachments 186, 188 of the arm 180 to mate or connect thereto. In the form illustrated, mounting attachments 186, 188 and channels 125, 127 are configured with a mating arrangement such as a tongue and groove arrangement, a dovetail or mortise and tenon arrangement, etc.). Specifically, in the form illustrated, the channel 125, 127 is C-shaped in cross-section and captures a rounded insert member of mounting attachments 186, 188. In some embodiments, the front mounting attachment 186 may be an integral part of the support structure arm 181 of the arm support member 180. In other embodiments, the front mounting attachment 186 may be coupled to the support structure arm 181 through various conventional connecting methods including snap or press fitting. Similarly, in some embodiments, the rear mounting portion 188 may be an integral part of the support structure arm 181, and in other embodiments, the rear mounting portion 188 may be coupled to the support structure arm 181 through various conventional connecting methods.
  • In some embodiments, the front and rear mounting portions 186, 188 include elongated circular tabbed portions 187, 189 which are either snap-fitted into the elongated channels 125, 127 or slid in through opening either in the upper surfaces or sides of the channels 125, 127, thus allowing the arm support member 180 to slide laterally across the shelf 122. This configuration allows the retailer to select any number of positions for the support arm 180, thus enabling the shelf display 120 to easily display products having a wide variety of widths by sliding the support arm 180 to a desired lateral position. Additional support arms 180 may be added as needed to support the desired number of products or columns/rows of product.
  • As illustrated in FIGS. 4A-F and as best seen in FIGS. 4D & 4F, the support structure arm 181 includes raised portions 184 to provide adequate clearance of the shelf mounts 124, 126 while retaining a flat, stable surface against the shelf 122. This allows the support structure 180 to sit firmly and squarely on the shelf 122. In a preferred form, the clearance provided for raised portions 184 is just enough to allow the support structure to be positioned laterally about mounts 124, 126 with ease but allow the bottom surface of the raised portion 184 to rest against the upper surface of mounts 124, 126 to further support structure 180 firmly and squarely on shelf 122.
  • In some embodiments, and as seen additionally in FIGS. 7, 8A-B, the shelf display 120 also includes end brackets 150 at opposing lateral edges of the shelf 120 or at whatever end position is desired for the display if not at the lateral edge of the shelf 122. In some embodiments, end brackets 150 are configured in a similar manner as the arm support member 180 and include end bracket arm 151 which extends upwardly, front and rear mounting portions 156, 158 which may be an integral part of the end bracket arm 151 or may be coupled to the end bracket arm 151 through various conventional connecting methods. The same is true for support member 180.
  • The front and rear mounting portions 156, 158 further include mounting member portions, such as elongated circular tabbed portions 157, 159, which are inserted into the elongated channels 125, 127, thus allowing the end brackets to slide laterally across the shelf 122. As best seen in FIG. 7, the end bracket includes raised portions 154 to provide adequate clearance of the shelf mounts 124, 126 while retaining a flat, stable surface against the shelf 122. In a preferred form, lateral movement of the end bracket 150 is restricted in at least one direction at the vertical supports 110 due to the end bracket 150 extending in a rearward distance further than the forward projection of the vertical support structures 110. Such a configuration eliminates the possibility of laterally sliding an end bracket 150 off of the shelf 122. In alternate forms, however, spacing may be provided so that the end brackets 150 and support structures 180 may be slid into engagement with channels 125, 127 as desired. In either of these embodiments, movement of the end brackets 150 away from the outer edges of the shelf 122 (e.g., toward the center of the shelf) may be provided for if desired.
  • In some embodiments, and as seen in FIGS. 3A, 3B, 4A, & 4D-4F, the arm support member 180 includes a plurality of mounting projections 192 that span at least a portion of the longitudinal length of the support structure arm 181. In a preferred form and as illustrated, the projections 192 span the longitudinal length of the support structure 180. The mounting projections 192 are integrally formed with the support structure arm 181 and thus are constructed of extruded or molded plastic or other similar materials. The mounting projections 192 are generally cylindrically shaped posts having a recess or cutout, such as a tab, on their distal end, and are configured to allow a friction reducing component to be snap fit or press fit thereon. In alternate forms, however, it should be understood that the friction reducing component may be connected via other types of fasteners, such as by bolt, screw, pin, rivet, etc. Preferably such connections will allow the friction reduction component to retain clearance with respect to the projections 192 and to remain moveable with respect to the projections if so desired. In one embodiment, the friction reducing component is a plurality of rollers 194 having both cylindrical inner and outer surfaces, thus providing for rotation about the mounting projections 192. Due to the snap-fit connection between the mounting projections 192 and the rollers 194, lateral movement of the rollers 194 along the mounting projections 192 is largely if not completely restricted. The rollers 194 may be made from the same material as the support structure 180 and end brackets 150. Alternatively, the rollers 194 may be made of a special material specifically intended to further reduce friction between the product being displayed and the display (e.g., support structure 180, end brackets 150). In a preferred form, the rollers are made of polyethylene like the support structure 180 and end brackets 150, but further include silicon to help reduce friction between the products being displayed and the display.
  • In some embodiments, as seen in FIGS. 8A & 8B, the end brackets 150 include mounting projections 162 that span at least a portion of the longitudinal length of the arm end bracket 150 and, preferably, the entire longitudinal length. These mounting projections 162 are configured in an identical manner to the mounting projections 192 of the support member 180, thus they allow rollers 194 (not shown) to be attached thereto.
  • Because each roller 194 requires only a single projection 162 to attach to, both size and costs are significantly reduced. Supporting the rollers 194 on a single side of the end bracket 150 or arm support member 180 further reduces the amount of material necessary to provide a rolling surface as compared to conventional rollers having “axles” extending from opposing sides.
  • As best seen in FIG. 4E, on opposing sides of the arm support member 180, the mounting projections 192 are placed in offset positions. More specifically, the mounting projections 192 on one side of the support structure arm 181 are placed within the empty area between the mounting projections 192 on the other side of the support structure arm 181, or in a half-pitch configuration. This offset configuration provides for a smoother product transition along rollers as it slides, thus reducing the potential of the product tipping during movement. More particularly, this configuration ensures that the leading edge of the product being supported by rollers 194 will always be on a roller on one side or the other thereby reducing the risk that the product will pitch, tip or lean forward as move from the rear of the shelf to the front of the shelf which could otherwise cause product hang-ups, misalignment or problems with getting the product to front face in the display. Similarly, the rollers facing each other from one side of the supper member 180 and the end bracket 150 would also maintain this offset for the same reason. This offset is particularly helpful when dealing with smaller product and/or product with high centers of gravity and keeps these items traveling smoothly and without vibration or bounce when moving from the rear of the shelf to the front of the shelf.
  • In some embodiments, in operation, a support member 180 slides laterally along the shelf 122 until the support structure arm 181 is spaced at a distance from the end bracket arm 151 that is slightly greater than the product to be displayed, thus creating a product housing region 195. In other embodiments, multiple support members 180 are placed on the shelf 122 and are appropriately spaced so as to allow a product to be placed between support structure arms 181, creating a similar product housing region 195. The support structure arms 181 and end bracket arm 151 sufficiently extend vertically to serve as a partition or divider to restrict a product from lateral movement or from tipping in the lateral direction of the shelf. To display the product, it is placed on the rollers 194 connected to either the mounting projections 162 of the end bracket 150 or the mounting projections 192 of the support arm 180. The product 105 may then be faced at the front of the shelf, where the front mounting attachments 156, 186 of the end bracket 150 and arm support member 180 extend laterally inwards and upwards, such as stops projecting into the product housing region 195 to restrict the product 105 from moving beyond the length of the shelf 122.
  • In some embodiments, and as seen in FIGS. 10A-12, the friction reducing component comprises a flat slide bar or belt piece 197 which replaces the rollers 194 to provide a product sliding surface. In a preferred form, it is made of polyethylene and silicon (e.g., silicon infused polyethylene) to further reduce friction between the product being displayed and the slide 197. Thus, this display may be configured with support structures 180, 150 made of a first material (e.g., polyethylene) and friction reducing components made of a second material different from the first (e.g., silicon infused polyethylene). The flat slide bar or belt piece 197 is constructed of plastic and formed using any of the methods previously mentioned. The flat slide bar or belt piece 197 defines openings or holes 198 which allow it to be snap-fit onto the mounting projections 162 of the end bracket 150 or the mounting projections 192 of the support arm 180 in a manner as indicated above. In other embodiments, the mounting projections 162, 192 are spaced further apart such that they only engage every other hole 198 or some other desired interval. In operation, the product 105 is placed on the flat slide bar or belt piece 197 to provide an uninterrupted or uniform sliding surface as described above.
  • In some embodiments, the friction reducing components further include a pusher or slider assembly 170 which assists in automatically facing the product 105. Turning now to FIGS. 3A, 5A-C, 6A-6C, 10A-B, a pusher or slider assembly 170 is provided constructed of polymers or similar materials using any of the previously-mentioned methods and is mated to the end bracket arm 151 or support structure arm 181. In the form illustrated, the pusher or slider assembly 170 includes a slider face 172, slider bottom surface 174, slider attachment portion 176, a receptacle or coil spring area 176, and coil spring 179. The slider attachment portion 176 preferably defines an open, C-shaped channel integrally formed into the bottom of the pusher or slider assembly 170 provided to slidably mate the pusher or slider assembly 170 to the end bracket 150 or the support structure 180. The recess or coil spring area 178 is an empty area defined by opposing rear sides of the coil spring assembly in which the coil spring may be inserted.
  • It will be appreciated that the pusher or slider assembly 170 in FIGS. 5A-5C are configured to be attached to the left side of a support structure 180 or the left or inner side of the right end bracket 150 (which is the end bracket on the left as you look at the shelf from an aisle), and the pusher or slider assembly 170 in FIGS. 6A-6C are configured to be attached to the right side of a support structure 180 or the right or inner side of the end bracket 150 (which is the end bracket on the right as you look from at the shelf from the aisle). Regardless of which pusher or slider assembly 170 is used, the attachment and operation is the same. As seen in FIGS. 3A and 10A, pusher or slider assemblies 170 may be placed on slides located on the inner sides (or inward facing sides) or opposing sides of the end bracket arm 151 or support structure arm 181 as well as rollers, and may operate independently from each other regardless of what friction reducing component is used.
  • To mate the pusher or slider assembly 170 with the end bracket 150 or the support structure 180, the rollers 194 or flat slide bar or belt piece 197 must be inserted onto the mounting projections 162, 192 of the end bracket 150 or support structure 180. In the form illustrated, some rollers 194 would be installed on projections 162, 192 and the pusher or slider assembly 170 would be slid onto those rollers 194 and the remaining rollers would be installed to capture the pusher or slider assembly 170 on the support structure 180 and end bracket 150. Alternatively, in embodiments using a slider bar, the pusher or slider assembly 170 would be slid onto the slider bar 170 and then the slider bar would be connected to the projections 162, 192 in order to capture the pusher or slider assembly 170 on the support structure 180 and end bracket 150. It should be appreciated, however, that in alternate embodiments the slider attachment portion 176 may be inserted onto either end of the end bracket arm 151 or support structure arm 181, with the open portion of the slider attachment portion 176 facing the elongated arm 151 or 181. The open area of the C-shaped slider attachment portion 176 is thus filled by the rollers 194 or the flat slide bar or belt piece 197 which capture the pusher or slide assembly 170 onto the support member 180 and end bracket 150.
  • In other embodiments, the pusher or slider assembly 170 may be made of a resilient, but flexible material that allows for the pusher or slider assembly 170 to deform and be press or snap fit onto the friction reducing component. For example, to mate the pusher or slider assembly 170 with the end bracket 150 or the support structure 180 in one form, the bottom portion of the slider attachment portion 176 is pulled downwards to provide sufficient clearance of the rollers 194 or flat slide bar or belt piece 197. When the tabbed portion of the slider attachment portion 176 comes into contact with the inner lower surface of the rollers 194 or the flat slide bar or belt piece 197, the pusher or slider assembly 170 can be rotated upwards to snap the slider attachment portion 176 over the top of the rollers 194 or flat slide bar or belt piece 197.
  • As best seen in FIGS. 3A, 5C, 6C, and 10B, the pusher or slider assembly further includes the coil spring 179 to provide an assistive force in facing the product. The coil spring 179 is attached to the end of the end bracket arm 151 or support structure arm 181, and the spooled portion is placed in the coil spring area 178 to allow the coil spring 179 to wind up in its relaxed configuration. In some embodiments, the end bracket arm 151 or support structure arm 181 include a tabbed slot at its distal end to allow the coil spring to be snap fit therein. In other embodiments, the end of the coil spring is simply secured to a side of the arm 151, 181 through conventional methods such as screwing, bolting, riveting, gluing, taping, etc. As best seen in FIG. 6A, the pusher or slider assembly 170 includes a coil spring slot 175 configured to allow the coil spring to pass through to assist in operation. In other forms, at least the support structure 180 may be configured with a common coil that recoils both pusher or slider assemblies 170 mounted to support structure 180. For example, the distal ends of a coil may wind up to a relaxed position located about the middle of the metal coil spring. The middle may be mounted on the distal end of the support structure 180 and the distal ends disposed within the receptacles defined by the pusher or slide assemblies 170 on each side of the support structure.
  • In some embodiments, the coil spring area 178 includes a cylindrically tabbed protrusion (not shown) on the bottom surface the coil spring rests on to rotatably mate with an inner bore of the coil spring 179. In some embodiments, this is a snap-fit connection which allows the coil spring 179 to quickly and easily be mated to the pusher or slider assembly 170. Coil springs are generally known in the art, with U.S. Pat. No. 6,409,028 providing a detailed example of the use of a coil spring in a product display apparatus, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Once the pusher or slider assembly 170 is slidably mated to the end bracket 150 or support structure 180, movement along the length of the arm 151, 181 may be accomplished. As seen in FIGS. 9 and 13, when multiple products 105 are to be displayed, the product 105 closest to the proximal end of the end brackets 150 or support structure 180 is placed on against the pusher or slider assembly 170 such that the back surface of the product 105 rests against the slider face 172 and the bottom surface of the product 105 rests on the slider bottom surface 104. As more products 105 are placed in the product housing regions 195, 196, the coil spring 179 continues to uncoil, thus biasing the pusher or slider assembly 170 to move towards the distal end of the end brackets 150 or support structure 180. When a product 105 is removed from the product housing regions 195, 196, the coil spring 179 causes the pusher or slider assembly 170 to move towards the distal end of the product housing region 195, 196 until the product 105 comes into contact with the front mounting attachments 156, 186 of the end bracket 150 and support structure 180 that extend inwards into the product housing region 195, 196 to restrict the product 105 from moving beyond the length of the shelf 122.
  • In this configuration, combined with the roller 194 or flat slide bar or belt piece 197 mentioned above, an improved upright display 100 is provided. This display 100 is less expensive to manufacture than conventional displays due to the slider 170 directly attaching to the friction reducing component (e.g., rollers 194 or flat slide bar or belt piece 197) as opposed to a separate track member provided in or coupled to the end brackets 150 or support structure 180, yet the pusher or slider 170 remains captured and guided by the friction reducing components so that it travels smoothly there along in a reproducible manner and without risk that the pusher or slider 170 will get misaligned. Further, the display 100 is beneficial to consumers because it allows product 105 to be automatically faced (whether by gravity in the non-pusher version or by the pusher in the pusher version), thus increasing its appeal to the eye to the consumer. Further, if the consumer decides to re-merchandise the product 105, the reduced spring force of the coil spring due to the presence of the friction reducing components results in the increased ability to push products back into the display structure without risking damaging the product packaging. When combined with the rollers 194, the coil spring 179 of the pusher or slider assembly 170 requires approximately ⅕th of the spring force of conventional coil springs, thus greatly reducing the amount of stress on product packaging and therefore reducing the risk of damaging the packaging. In addition, the configuration set forth herein with respect to the pusher version of the display allows for products to be pushed by their outer edges and corners where the products are better equipped to handle such forces rather than in the center of the product.
  • In another embodiment, the end brackets 150 or support member 180 have both a plurality of rollers 194 and a flat slide bar or belt piece 197 coupled thereto. For example, the end brackets 150 or support member 180 may be configured to have rollers 194 coupled to the protrusions 162 for approximately half the length of the end bracket 150 or support member 180, and further configured to have a flat slide bar or belt piece 197 coupled to the remaining protrusions 162. It will be appreciated that any number of rollers 194 and flat slide bar or belt pieces 197 may be utilized. For example, the end bracket 150 or support member 180 may have a flat slide bar or belt piece 197 at its distal end, followed by a plurality of rollers 194, followed by another flat slide bar or belt piece 197 configured at its proximal end. Alternatively, the end bracket 150 or support member 180 may have a plurality of rollers mated to the protrusions 162 at its distal end, followed by a flat slide bar or belt piece 197 mated to the protrusions 162, followed by a plurality of rollers 194 mated to the protrusions 162 at its proximal end. It is appreciated that any number of configurations of rollers 194 and flat slide bar or belt pieces 197 may be coupled to the end bracket 150 or support member 180. It will be appreciated that the pusher or slider assembly 170 may be used in this embodiment as described above.
  • In another embodiment, the end bracket 150 or support arm 180 include a conveyor assembly. In this embodiment, the outermost protrusions 162 are coupled to rollers 194 in the above-discussed manner. A belt is then placed over the rollers 194 to create a conveyor belt assembly. In this embodiment, the product 105 rests on the belt, and frictional forces between the bottom surface of the product 105 and the belt limit sliding motion between the surfaces. When the product is moved to the distal end of the end bracket 150 or support arm 180 due to the use of a pusher or slider assembly 170 or simply by manual operation, the rollers 194 rotate in the same direction, thus causing the belt to advance along the length of the end bracket 150 or support arm 180. It will be appreciated that any number of rollers 194 may be mated to the protrusions 162, and the belt will then be placed over the rollers to create the conveyor belt assembly.
  • In some embodiments, some or all of rollers 194, pusher or slider assembly 170, or flat slide bar or belt piece 197 are constructed of additional materials using a molding, extrusion, or another similar technique. For example, the friction reducing members may be molded with a silicon infused polymer which reduces the coefficient of friction between the product 195 and the display to improve movement of the product along the display. In a preferred form, the display is setup so that a majority of the components can be made from inexpensive plastic injection molded processes, but that the friction reducing components (e.g., rollers 194 and slide 197) can be made of a more expensive material or process to provide further friction reducing capabilities.
  • The upright merchandiser 100 is additionally beneficial to retailers due to the ease of providing support for products having varying widths. Upon configuring the width of the product housing regions 195, 196 to accommodate a product, either one or two slider assemblies 170 may be attached to the end bracket 150 or support structure 180 to provide assistance in facing the product. For example, as seen in FIG. 12, if a smaller product such as a pill bottle or can of potato chips is to be merchandised, only one pusher or slider assembly 170 will be attached to one of the two opposing end brackets 150 or support structure 180. Conversely, FIG. 13 shows a configuration involving a larger product. If a retailer desires to merchandise a product having larger dimensions, a pusher or slider assembly 170 will be mounted to both sides of the product housing regions 195,196, and the slider assemblies 170 will provide a facing force on the product where the packaging is geometrically strongest, i.e., opposing outer edges of the product.
  • Combined with the roller 194 or flat belt piece 197 mentioned above, the pusher or slider assembly 170 provides for automatic facing of the desired product, reducing the amount of time retailers would normally need to spend front facing products on said display. The price channel 165 quickly allows the retailer to view the price of a particular product as well as to view additional information such as a barcode to scan for the purpose of maintaining accurate records of product stock.
  • Referring now to FIG. 13, an alternative embodiment shows a fixed shelf display as described above, but removes the rear shelf mount 124 and front shelf mount 126, thus removing the ability to slide the end brackets 150 and support structures 180 laterally along the length of the shelf 122. In this embodiment, the shelf includes spaced holes 128 which allow the end brackets 150 and support structures 180 to be mated thereto. The arms 151, 181 include a reconfigured slotted projection 129 that has a horizontal mating surface on the distal end and proximal end (not shown) configured to align with the holes 128 of the shelf 122. A screw, fastener, key lock, or any other securing device may then be used to secure the end brackets 150 and support structures 180 to the shelf 122. In this embodiment, while course adjustment of the lateral position of the end brackets 150 and support structure 180 is not possible, retailers may still adjust the spacing at different intervals depending on the spacing of the holes 128 to make fine adjustments to the product display which may be all that is needed or desired for particular applications. In a preferred form, a simple deformable fastener pin is used to secure the product support structures 180, 150 into position which can be installed and removed and re-installed without the need for any tools.
  • It is envisioned that in an alternative embodiment, any of the above configurations may be modified to allow for vertically stacking of products 105 within the product containing regions 195, 196. As seen in FIGS. 4A, 7, 8A, 9, 21A, and 21B, end bracket arms 151 and support structure arms 181 include any number of openings 160, 190 which allows an additional partitioning arms 161 to be mated thereto. These additional partitioning arms 161 are capable of mating to both the end bracket arms 151 and support structure arms 181 to create a vertical partition, thus providing further guidance for the product housing region 195, 196. In some embodiments, and as seen in FIGS. 4A, 7, and 8A, the opening is generally trapezoidal in shape. In other embodiments, and as seen in FIGS. 9 and 21A, the opening is an elongated slot. In either of these configurations, as best seen in FIGS. 21A & 21B, the additional partitioning arms 161 further include alternating offset tabs 163 to mate with the arm 151, 181 directly below it.
  • To secure the additional partitioning arms 161, the additional partitioning arms 161 are press fit onto the lower arms 151, 181 such that approximately half of the alternating offset tabs 163 are on one side of the lower arm 151, 181 and the other half of the alternating offset tabs 163 are on the other side of the lower arm 151, 181. If additional securing force is desired between the additional partitioning arms and the lower arms 151, 181, a tab 163 having a protrusion clips into the opening 160, 190 to mate the two arms and thereby restrict movement. Such a configuration is illustrated in FIG. 21B. It is understood that the arms 151, 181 may have any number of openings 160, 190, thus the additional partitioning arms 161 would include the corresponding number of tabs having a protrusion to clip into these openings.
  • As seen in FIG. 21A, the additional partitioning arms 161 also include flexible finger members which extend inwardly at their distal end to restrict product from sliding beyond the length of the shelf 122. Although those fingers are shown on the front or distal edge of the partitions 161 only, it should be understood that in alternate embodiments such fingers could be produced on the rear or proximate end of the partition 161 as well to prevent products from being pushed too far back into a display. Such a configuration may be desirable in situations where the display does not have a back wall or when available product height clearances reduce as you move toward the rear of the display (meaning that care must be taken not to push product too far back into the display or it may get wedged into the display causing problems with gravity feeding and/or pusher or slider assembly operation).
  • Referring now generally to FIGS. 1A, 1B, 14, and 16A, an example of a bar display 202 is provided to allow for the display of products 205. The bar display 202 includes the previously-discussed vertical uprights 110, blade 210, rotatable bracket 220, bar 230, end brackets 250, and support structure 280. Many components of the bar display 202 are identical to those of the fixed shelf display 120, and thus additional description of these components will not be discussed in significant further detail.
  • Turning to FIGS. 14, 16A, and 17A-17D, a rotatable bracket 220 is provided which couples the bar display 202 to the vertical supports 110. The rotatable bracket 220 is generally square shaped and includes first, second, third, and fourth hook-shaped tabbed protrusions 221, 222, 223, 224, respectively, and a generally central opening 226. The rotatable bracket 220 further includes a tongue 228 having a hole 229 extending generally perpendicularly from the opening 226. As stated with regards to the fixed shelf display 120, any one of the first 221, second 222, third 223, or fourth 224 tabbed protrusions insert into the elongated slots 112 of the vertical support structures 110 to securely connect the bar display 202 to the upright display 100. As discussed below, depending on the desired configuration of the bar display 202, a specific tabbed protrusion is inserted into the elongated slot 112.
  • As seen in FIGS. 18A-D, 19A, 19B, the bar 230 is generally rhomboid-shaped and hollow and includes a C-shaped channel 231, 233, 235, 237 on each side as well as an opening 232, 234, 236, 238 on the flattened bottom surface of each corresponding C-shaped channel. The rhomboid shape allows for the bar to be rotated amongst any of the four positions illustrated in FIGS. 18A-18D (which show a cross sectional view of the bar 230 and thus the rotatable bracket secured to the far end of the bar 230). In some embodiments, the rotatable bracket 220 may be mounted to the bar 230 in four ways corresponding to the four surfaces of the rhomboid-shaped bar 230. The tongue 228 of the rotatable bracket 220 is inserted into the bar 230 such that the upper surface of the tongue 228 rests against the inner flattened bottom surface of one of the C-shaped channels 231, 233, 235, 237. Depending on the desired configuration, the first 232, second 234, third 236 or fourth 238 openings align with the tongue hole 229 of the rotatable bracket 220 to allow for securing the rotatable bracket 220 to the bar 230. As seen in FIGS. 18A-18D, the securing device may be a countersunk screw to provide for movement along the channel, but alternative devices such as a snap fitting configuration may also be incorporated. It is understood that a rotatable bracket 220 is secured to both ends of the bar 230. By observing the orientation of the tongue 228 relative to a corresponding side of the bar 230, a user can ensure that the rotatable bracket 220 is configured in an identical orientation at opposing ends of the bar 230.
  • Referring now to FIGS. 15C-E, the mating of the blade 210 to the bar 230 is further described. In a preferred form, the blade 210 is an elongated member formed of metal or similar material using conventional methods (e.g., stamping, pressing, forging, etc.). In other embodiments, the blade 210 is constructed of polymer using any of the previously-mentioned conventional methods. The blade 210 includes notches 211 and groove 213. The blade 210 further includes a C-shaped opening 212 having a width configured to be slightly greater than the distance from one side of the bar 230 to the opposing side of the bar 230. At opposing ends of the C-shaped opening 212, a first and second tongue 214, 216, respectively, having openings 215, 217, respectively, extend perpendicularly from the blade 210.
  • To slidably mate the blade 210 to the bar 230, the C-shaped opening 212 is placed over the bar 230. A fastener, such as a screw is then inserted through the opening 215 of the first tongue 214 of blade 210 and into a C-shaped channel 231, 233, 235, 237 of bar 230. The screw is then rotated into engagement with the bar 230 to secure the blade 210 into position on the bar 230. Though not required, if so desired for additional stability, the second tongue 216 may be slidably mated to the opposing channel using similar methods. In alternative embodiments, the tongue 214 may slidably mate to any of the four channels 231, 233, 235, 237 in a mating arrangement such as a tongue and groove, dovetail or mortise and tenon configuration, etc.
  • In other embodiments, the blade 210 may be slidably mated to the bar 230 by use of other types of fasteners. For example, in FIGS. 25A-B, a cammed fastener is used to secure the blade 210 to bar 230. More particularly, cam fastener 219 is inserted through opening 215 of first tongue 214 and into C-shaped channel 231, 233, 235 or 237. The cammed fastener 219 is then turned (e.g., twisted a quarter turn) to cam the fastener into engagement with the C-shaped channel of bar 230 to secure the blade 210 into position on the bar 230. A benefit of this embodiment over a regular fastener like those discussed above is that it reduces the risk of damage being done to bar 23 due to over tightening of the fastener (such as over tightening the screw such that it punctures the channel wall of bar 130 which can easily happen if aluminum is used for bar 130). Alternatively, the twisting cam lock can be slid into the C-shaped channel 231, 233, 235, or 237 at either end of the bar 230 prior to securing the rotatable bracket 220 to the bar 230. In other forms, the blade may be slidably secured to the bar 230 after the rotatable bracket 220 is secured to the bar 230. While in the “untwisted” configuration, the blade 210 is free to slide laterally along the bar 230 or be completely removed therefrom if the user so desires.
  • While it is envisioned that the blade 210 is configured to slide across the entire lateral length of the bar 230 within one of the C-shaped channels 231, 233, 235, 237, it is also envisioned that in some embodiments, the blade 210 is secured to the bar 230 to restrict substantially any lateral movement of the blade 210. For example, a C-shaped channel 231 of the bar 230 may include additional openings which tongue 214 may mate to through a screw or locking pin or other similar apparatuses.
  • Referring now to FIGS. 4B, 4C, 8B, 15E, 16B, securing the blade 210 to the end brackets 250 and support structures 280 will now be described. In some embodiments, the end brackets 250 and support structures 280 include similar components as in the fixed shelf display 120 discussed above, thus a detailed description of these components will not be further described. In the bar display 202 embodiment, the underside of the end bracket arm 251 and support structure arm 281 include a lower channel 255, 285 extending the longitudinal length of the arm 251, 281 that the elongated edge 218 of the blade 210 inserts into. In some embodiments, this mating between the blade 210 and the arms 251, 281 is a friction fit connection which provides for easy installation and removal.
  • In other embodiments and as shown in FIGS. 4D, 8B, 15D, 15E, and 16B, the arms 151, 181 include tabs 256, 286 which snap into the grooves 213 of the blade 210. The arms 151, 181 also include at least one clasp or hook that are snap fit into one of the notches 211 of the blade 210. Such a configuration allows the bar display 202 to be configured with varying outward extensions. By inserting the clasp or hook into the different notches 211, the bar display 202 may be configured to extend outwardly at either twenty-one, twenty-one and one half and twenty two inches (21″, 21.5″ and 22″). Such a configuration allows the retailer to tailor the product extension of upright merchandiser 100 to suit their specific shelf display size and therefor their own individual needs. Conventional shelves typically have a depth of 21″, 21.5″ or 22″.
  • In some embodiments, the bar support structure 202 includes a pusher or slider assembly 270 used to assist in the automatic facing of products. The configuration and attachment of the pusher or slider assembly 270 is identical to the previously-discussed shelf support structure 120 embodiment. Thus, items ending with the same two-digit suffix (for example, −70, −72, and −74) correspond to the same two-digit suffix as above.
  • As previously alluded to, because the rotatable bracket 220 has four tabbed protrusions or tangs 221, 222, 223, 224, four different configurations of the bar display 202 are provided. It is understood that in the four configurations, the blade 210 mates to the arms 151, 181 in the same manner as detailed above. Additionally, it is understood that the end brackets 250 and support structures 280 include the same components such as rollers 294 in some embodiments and flat slide bar or belt pieces 297 in other embodiments. Thus, remaining aspects of the bar display 202 are configured in a similar fashion to those of the fixed shelf display 120 embodiment.
  • In a first configuration and as seen in FIG. 18A, the bar display is in a first horizontal configuration. In this first configuration, the first tabbed protrusion 221 of the rotatable bracket 220 is inserted into the elongated slots 112. The blade 210, and thus the arms 251, 281 and end brackets 250 and support structures 280 extend horizontally at a first vertical height to display products 205.
  • In a second configuration and as seen in FIG. 18B, the rotatable bracket 220 is rotated 90 degrees clockwise relative to the bar 230 and mated thereto using previously discussed methods. In this configuration, the second tabbed protrusion 222 of the rotatable bracket 220 is inserted into the elongated slots 112. The blade 210, and thus the arms 251, 281 and end brackets 250 and support structure 280 extend at a downward angle from horizontal at the first vertical height to display products 205.
  • In this second configuration, gravitational forces combine with the rollers 294, flat slide bar or belt pieces 297, and pusher or slider assembly 270 to assist in the automatic facing of products 205 discussed previously. In some embodiments, the blade 210, arms 251, 281, and end brackets 250 and support structure 280 extend at a six degree downward angle. In other embodiments, the downward angle is configured to be a value between six and 15 degrees.
  • In a third configuration and as seen in FIG. 18C, the rotatable bracket 220 is rotated an additional 90 degrees clockwise relative to the bar 230 from the second configuration, or 180 degrees from the first configuration, and mated thereto using previously discussed methods. In this configuration, the third tabbed protrusion 223 of the rotatable bracket 220 is inserted into the elongated slots 112. The blade 210, and thus the arms 251, 281 and end brackets 250 and support structure 280 extend horizontally at a second vertical height to display products 205.
  • In some embodiments, mating the third tabbed protrusion 223 to the elongated slots 112 results in a vertical offset half an inch up from the initial configuration. In other embodiments, the initial configuration is this third offset position, thus rotating the rotatable bracket 180 degrees to return to the “first” configuration results in a vertical offset that is half an inch downwards from this configuration.
  • The half inch vertical offset is beneficial over conventional displays because existing displays are only able to provide display units at one inch intervals which correspond to the spacing of the elongated slots 112 of the upright supports 110. In these conventional systems, unnecessary clearance between the top of the product 205 and the next highest display unit may provide for wasted space. By allowing bar displays 202 to be spaced at half inch intervals as opposed to one inch intervals, vertical clearances may be reduced, thus additional product 205 may be provided on the display by adding additional bar displays 202 to the merchandiser. This configuration may provide retailers with the ability to display more product in the same, limited space, thus solving the common problem of having too much product to be displayed in a given display unit.
  • It is appreciated that in other embodiments, the amount of vertical offset seen with use of the third tabbed protrusion 223 is only one quarter of an inch in either the upward or downward direction, depending on whether the first or third configurations is viewed as the initial configuration. As above, unnecessary clearance between the top of the product 205 and the next highest display unit is reduced or eliminated.
  • In a fourth configuration and as seen in FIG. 18D, the rotatable bracket 220 is rotated an additional 90 degrees clockwise relative to the bar 230 from the third configuration, or 270 degrees clockwise from the first configuration, and mated thereto using previously discussed methods. In this configuration, the fourth tabbed protrusion 224 of the rotatable bracket 220 is inserted into the elongated slots 112. The blade 210, and thus the arms 251, 281 and end brackets 250 and support structure 280 extend at the second horizontal height at a downward angle to display products 205.
  • In this fourth configuration, benefits of the second and third configurations are incorporated to provide for reduced vertical product clearance between display levels as well as taking advantage of gravitational forces to assist the product in automatically facing. It is understood that all of the embodiments of the second and third configurations may also be incorporated into this fourth configuration. For example, using this fourth configuration may result in the vertical offset instead being one fourth of an inch upwards from the first configuration, or the fourth configuration may actually be the first configuration, and rotating to the first configuration results in an offset that is one half or one quarter of an inch lower than the initial configuration.
  • It is further envisioned that in some embodiments, the pusher or slider assembly 270 is used in configurations where the bar support structure is in its downwardly-angled configuration. In this configuration, gravitational forces combined with the spring force of the pusher or slider assembly 270 will provide an increased ability to automatically face products, thus resulting in a merchandising system that requires little to no retailer assistance to maintain a properly faced display.
  • In some embodiments and as previously discussed above with regards to the shelf display structure, the bar merchandiser 202 is configured to allow for vertically stacking products 205. The configuration and attachment of the additional partitioning arms 261 are identical to the previously-discussed shelf support display 120 embodiment. Thus, items ending with the same two-digit suffix (for example, −61) correspond to the same two-digit suffixes as above.
  • In some embodiments and as seen in FIGS. 14, 15A, 15B, and 16A-16B, a price channel 165 is provided at the distal end of the end bracket 150 and arm support member 180. The price channel 165 includes a cylindrical clip portion 166, latch portion 167, first display shelf 168, and second display shelf 169. The price channel 165 rotatably mates to the end bracket arm 151 and/or support structure arm 181 by press fitting the cylindrical clip portion 166 into circular knob 152, 182 of the respective arm 151, 181.
  • To display a first set of information, generally the price of the product, to the consumer, a price card (not shown) is placed or secured onto the first display shelf 168. The price channel is rotated upwards such that the latch portion 167 secures to the protruding tab 153, 183 of the arm 151, 181, thereby securing the price channel in this configuration. The connection between the latch portion 167 and the protruding tab 153, 183 is friction fit, thus by simply pulling or pushing on the first display shelf 168, the price channel 165 may engage the protruding tab 153, 183 to provide a secure connection or disengage from the protruding tab 153, 183 to allow rotation of the price channel 165.
  • To display the second set of information, typically a barcode pertaining to the product stocked on the product display, the price channel 165 is rotated downwards such that the second display shelf 169 is outwardly visible. The user (typically an employee of the retailer) then has access to the information contained on the second display shelf 169 and may use this information as appropriate. Examples of information contained on the second display shelf 169 include, but are not limited to, bar codes for use with a scanning device to track product stock, item descriptions, and similar information.
  • In further embodiments, and as seen in FIG. 22, the bar 330 is configured to mount with the blade 310 as follows. The bar 330 includes a plurality of additional cylindrical locking channels 335 configured to engage with a locking extrusion 340. The locking extrusion 340 includes a rotatable locking member 342 configured to snap fit into any of the cylindrical locking channels 335. The locking extrusion 340 also includes a locking edge 346 configured to mate with a locking portion 312 of the blade 310.
  • In operation, one or more blades 310 are placed on the bar 330, and the rotatable locking member 342 is snap-fit into one of the cylindrical locking channels 335. The locking extrusion 340 is then rotated upwards so the locking edge 346 mates with the locking portion 312.
  • In this embodiment, one or more blades 310 may quickly be mounted or removed from the bar 330 by simply rotating the locking extrusion 340 in the desired direction. Such a configuration is advantageous in configurations where the blade 330 may not be easily mounted to the bar 330 using previously described methods due to the use of different materials which may damage one or more of the components.
  • In further embodiments, and as illustrated in FIGS. 23A-B, the bar is configured with the plurality of cylindrical locking channels configured to engage with the locking extrusion in a manner similar to that described above with respect to the single locking extrusion of FIG. 22. In the embodiment of FIGS. 23A-B, a plurality of locking extrusion are provided with each locking extrusion configured to engage a single locking portion of a blade, and each define or include an opening for engaging a notch contained on the blade.
  • It is appreciated that in other embodiments, such as those illustrated in FIGS. 24A-D, an alternative rotatable bracket is incorporated. In this embodiment, rotating the rotatable bracket 90 degrees (90°) and mating the tabbed protrusion to the elongated slots of the vertical support structure or gondola results in a vertical offset of one quarter of an inch (0.25″) upwards from the initial configuration. Rotating the gondola an additional 90 degrees (90°) and mating the tabbed protrusion to the elongated slots of the gondola results in a vertical offset of an additional quarter of an inch (0.25″) for a total vertical offset of half an inch (0.5″), and rotating the gondola an additional 90 degrees (90°) will result in a vertical offset of a further quarter of an inch (0.25″) for a total vertical offset of three quarters of an inch (0.75″). This configuration provides additional customization of height of the support structures while still being constrained by the interval between slots of conventional gondolas (e.g., which are typically 1″ increments), and accommodates products having varying product dimensions. It is understood that the amount of vertical offset created by rotating the rotatable bracket may be in either the upward or downward direction, depending on what is considered the initial configuration. Unnecessary clearance between the top of the product 205 and the next highest display unit is therefore reduced or eliminated.
  • In some embodiments, the tabbed protrusions or tangs on the rotatable mounting brackets include a tapered opening area. This configuration accommodates vertical risers or gondolas having different thicknesses, thus allowing the universal merchandiser to be integrated into various existing gondola configurations.
  • Turning to FIGS. 26-35, alternate universal merchandiser assemblies are provided. It is understood that portions of the alternate universal merchandiser assemblies may have similar features to those previously discussed, thus these similar features will not be discussed in further detail. As illustrated in FIGS. 26A-J, an alternate universal merchandiser assembly 2600 having a lockable dampened pusher is described. The assembly 2600 includes an integrated toothed track or rack 2697 for accommodating the pusher thereon to guide products towards the front of the arm support (or divider) 2680. In some forms, the rack 2697 may be formed integrally with the arm support 2680. In other embodiments, the rack 2697 remains an add-on attachment which snaps onto protrusions in the arm support 2680 as previously described. The assembly 2600 also includes a damper assembly 2678 which serves to partially offset the spring force used to urge the pusher towards the front of the assembly 2600. The damper assembly 2678 may include a damper housing 2678A and a damper 2678B which may be any type of conventionally known damper having gear teeth which engage the teeth of the rack 2697. The damper 2678B may be immersed in any type of viscous fluid (not shown) to further offset the spring force used to urge the pusher forwards.
  • The damper housing 2678A include at least one tab to be insertably coupled with the pusher 2670. As such, the damper assembly 2678 may be used as an add-on or retrofit device that may be installed on the assembly as desired by the user. The damper housing 2678A further includes notches or protrusions on opposing sidewalls thereof to accommodate the damper 2678B. These notches are symmetrical to each other, thus the damper housing 2678A may be placed on either side of the support arm and the damper rotated to couple to the damper housing 2678A. So configured, a single damper assembly 2678 may be used, thereby reducing overall manufacturing costs. Advantageously, the damper assembly 2678 requires no tools to install or remove, which may result in minimal installation time.
  • The damper assembly 2678 is configured to be in line with the pusher spring and pusher 2670 to reduce or eliminate torque on the pusher. In other words, an axis of the damper 2678B is collinear with an axis of the pusher 2670. Because the pusher 2670 is coupled to and traverses on the rack 2697 as opposed to being offset, it is vertically in line with the damper 2678B which in turn causes forces to be exerted along this same line.
  • The assembly 2600 further includes a pusher release mechanism 2693 having a rod 2693A which may extend a substantial length of the arm support 2680 and a hold-release apparatus 2693B configured to hold and release the pusher 2670.
  • As illustrated in FIGS. 26A and C, the rod 2693A is integral to the rack 2697 used by the damper assembly 2678. The rod 2693A extends the length of the rack 2697 and is inserted into an opening in the hold-release apparatus 2693B. The hold-release apparatus 2693B may be made of a deformable material such as a polymer and is configured to deform to secure and release the damper assembly 2678.
  • In operation, the pusher may be pushed to the rear portion of the arm support 2680 as desired by the retailer (for example, to stock products to be supported by the support arm). As seen in FIGS. 26E and G, the damper housing 2678A includes a mating recess or notch which engages the hold-release apparatus 2693B to lock the damper assembly 2678 and pusher 2670 in place. It is understood that in some examples where the damper assembly 2678 is not used, the pusher 2670 may include a similar notch to engage the hold-release apparatus 2693B.
  • As illustrated in FIGS. 26A and F, when the user wishes to release the pusher 2670 and damper 2678, they may engage the rod 2693A by pressing on the loop portion thereof to cause the rod to rotate about its central longitudinal axis (being supported by the rack 2697). This rotation causes the end that engages the opening in the hold-release apparatus 2693B to rotate as well, which in turn causes the hold-release apparatus 2693B to lower as seen in FIG. 26F and disengage the pusher 2670 and damper 2678. As such, the user may disengage the pusher without having to physically reach the rear of the arm support 2680 which may be difficult to access due to interfering stocked products.
  • Additionally, as seen in FIG. 26I, the hold-release apparatus 2693B includes a flattened portion which may form a part of the rack 2697 and at least partially support the damper assembly 2678. So configured, the ability to move the pusher 2670 and damper assembly 2678 to a rearmost point on the arm 2680 is maximized.
  • So configured, the assembly 2600 may have an integral damper rack, pusher release mechanism, and damper attachment are provided to reduce the number of components used in a product display.
  • Turning to FIGS. 27A-C, exemplary pusher accessories are provided that may be mounted onto the pusher to assist front facing of products. The pusher accessories may be made of polymers or any similar materials. The pusher accessory 2771 illustrated in FIG. 27A includes a mating portion 2771A, a first portion 2771B, and a second portion 2771C separated by a gap 2771D. The mating portion 2771A is configured to slidably couple to the front face of the pusher 2770. The first portion 2771B includes a concave surface to accommodate front facing curved packages. To more easily mold the pusher accessory, the first and second portions 2771B, 2771C define a gap 2771D therebetween.
  • The pusher accessory 2772 illustrated in FIG. 27B is a double-high accessory which may be used with taller products to increase the surface area of the pusher face. Similarly, the pusher accessory 2773 illustrated in FIG. 27C is a double-high, double-wide accessory which may be used with generally larger products. So configured, the merchandiser may be customized and readily modified to accommodate the specific product being pushed.
  • Turning to FIGS. 28A-D, an alternate exemplary embodiment of a universal merchandiser assembly 2800 illustrating an alternate release mechanism 2893A, B in which the front mount 2826 integrally contains a portion of pusher release mechanism. As illustrated in FIG. 28B, the front mount 2826 is mounted to a shelf at mounting portions 2827 using any known method such as bolts, push-in connectors, and the like. The front mount 2826 may include a price channel which may be used to display information relating to the product, the retailer, and/or any other information.
  • As seen in FIG. 28D, the front mount 2826 includes a hooked surface to engage the rod 2893A. As with the embodiment of FIG. 26, the rod traverses the length of the divider or support arm 2880 and terminates at the rear portion thereof to be inserted into an opening in the hold-release apparatus 2893B. This hold-release apparatus 2893B may be made of a deformable material such as a polymer and is configured to deform to secure and release the damper assembly 2878.
  • In operation, the pusher 2870 and damper (if installed) 2878 may be pushed to the rear portion of the arm support 2880 as desired. The damper housing 2878 includes a mating recess or notch that engages the hold-release apparatus 2893B to lock the damper assembly 2878 and pusher 2870 in place. It is understood that in some embodiments where the damper assembly 2878 is not used, a similar notch may be included on the pusher 2870.
  • When the user wishes to release the pusher 2870 and damper assembly 2878, they may simply push or pull the front surface of the front mount 2826. Applying a force to the front surface in turn causes the rod 2893A to rotate such that at the rear portion of the support arm 2880, the hold-release apparatus 2893B is lowered, thereby disengaging the pusher 2870 and damper assembly 2878.
  • Turning to FIGS. 29A-B, an alternate universal merchandiser assembly 2900 is provided which includes a product divider assembly having two product holders or slides 2981 on opposing sides of the support arm 2980. These product holders 2981 are angled so as to allow products having different shapes to be front faced. As a non-limiting example, the product holders 2981 may accommodate a pizza 2905 placed between opposing support arms 2980. The product holders 2981 may include a recess for disposing a pusher 2970 therein to assist in front facing the product.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 29B, adjacent product holders 2981 engage with each other via corresponding groove arrangements. Due to their symmetrical configurations, the product holders 2981 may be used on either side of the support arm 2980.
  • Turning to FIGS. 30A-B, an alternate universal merchandiser assembly 3000 is provided where the divider or support arm 3080 is movable between a first and second position to restrict or allow lateral movement along a rail. The assembly 3000 includes a first and second elongated channel 3027A, 3027B contained on the front shelf mount 3026. The support arm or divider assembly 3080 includes corresponding first and second mounting portions 3056A, 3056B. It is understood that while the channels and mounting portions provided in FIGS. 30A-B are of the tongue and groove sort, any type of engagement mechanism may be employed in other examples.
  • As seen in FIG. 30A, when the second mounting portion 3056B is engaged with the second elongated channel 3027B, a frictional force restricts lateral movement of the support arm 3080 along the longitudinal length of the front shelf mount 3026. Upon moving the support arm 3080 from this first position to the second position illustrated in FIG. 30B, the second mounting portion 3056B disengages the second elongated channel 3027B such that the support arm 3080 is only being supported by the first elongated channel 3027A. In some examples, a portion of the second elongated channel 3027B may be deformable to assist in disengaging the second mounting portion 3056B.
  • As such, the support arm 3080 may be moved laterally along the front shelf mount 3026 to accommodate products having different sizes without disturbing any products that may be currently supported by the support. Further, because of the dual engagement between the arm 3080 and the front shelf mount 3026, the frictional forces between the two may restrict any lateral movement of the support arm 3080.
  • Turning to FIGS. 31A-C, an alternate universal merchandiser assembly 3100 is provided having a rear stabilizer 3116 configured to be disposed on a vertical surface of the bar 3130 to limit lateral and rotational movement of the support arm or divider 3180. The blade 3110 which is coupled to the support arm 3180 includes an engagement region 3112A and a disengagement region 3112B. The rear stabilizer 3116 includes any number of teeth which protrude therefrom to create a number of stabilizing surfaces.
  • The rear stabilizer 3116 may be mounted to the bar 3130 using any conventional method. For example, the bar 3130 may have offset bores or holes which corresponding pegs, notches, screws and the like may be inserted into. Other examples are envisioned such as adhesives and/or fasteners. The rear stabilizer 3116 may have opposing angled end configurations allowing for multiple rear stabilizers 3116 to be placed adjacent to each other while maintaining a desired distance between teeth.
  • As seen in FIG. 31A, the support arm 3180 is in a completely disengaged configuration allowing the support arm 3180 to move freely relative to the bar 3130. In FIG. 31B, the blade is in a raised configuration in which it is partially engaged with the bar 3130 such that the teeth of the rear stabilizer 3116 do not contact the blade. As such, the blade 3110 and support arm 3180 may move along a lateral length of the bar.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 31C, the blade 3110 is in a lowered and supported position where the engagement region 3112A is in contact with the teeth of the rear stabilizer 3116. In this position, the blade 3110 and support arm 3180 are restricted from laterally moving along the bar 3130. Further, this configuration stabilizes the support arm 3180 by reducing and/or eliminating any shifting or tilting which may occur during stocking or removal of a product. When a user wishes to reposition the support arm 3180, they may simply lift up the rear end of the support arm so the teeth of the rear stabilizer 3116 are within the disengagement region 3112B and slide the support arm 3180 to a new desired position.
  • It is understood that in some alternate examples, the rear stabilizer 3116 may be disposed on the horizontal top surface of the bar 3130. As described above, the rear stabilizer 3116 may be secured to the bar 3130 using any number of known methods. In these examples, by lifting the rear portion of the support arm 3180 up so that it is not engaged with the teeth allows the support arm 3180 to be moved laterally along a length of the bar 3130.
  • FIG. 32 illustrates an alternate universal merchandising assembly 3200 in which a rear stabilizer 3216 is mounted on a shelf 3222. In this assembly 3200, the rear end of a support arm (not shown) may simply be raised from a first engaged position such that the teeth or combed protrusions do not contact a lower surface of the support arm. As such, lateral movement along the shelf may occur when raised in this disengaged second position.
  • FIGS. 33A-C illustrate an alternate universal merchandising assembly 3300 in which a rear stabilizer is used in a grid-type display. The assembly 3300 includes a plurality of horizontal bars 3330, a blade 3310 configured to couple to at least one horizontal bar 3330, and a rear stabilizer 3316. The rear stabilizer 3316 has an engagement portion 3316A on a first side thereof which frictionally couples to the horizontal bar 3330, a disengagement device 3116B which may include a protrusion for pushing or pulling the rear stabilizer 3316, and a slotted portion (not shown) for accepting a length of the bar 3310 therein.
  • As illustrated in FIGS. 33A-B, the rear stabilizer 3316 is in a first engaged position. In this position, the engagement portion 3316A is frictionally fit into one of the horizontal bars 3330 such that lateral movement of the blade 3310 is resisted due to the frictional force between the bar 3330 and the engagement portion 3316A.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 33C, the rear stabilizer 3316 is in a second disengaged position. To disengage the rear stabilizer 3316, a user pulls, the disengagement device 3316B away from the bar 3330 such that the bar 3330 is removed from the engagement portion 3316A. As such, the blade 3310 may freely slide across a lateral distance of the bar 3330 to accommodate products having different sizes.
  • FIGS. 34A-34G illustrate an alternate universal merchandising assembly 3400 having an integral pusher and damper assembly 3470, an integral pusher track and damper rack 3497, a low profile front shelf mount or rail 3426 with a pusher release mechanism 3493, and a rear stabilizer 3416 to reduce or eliminate tilting and/or lateral movement of the universal merchandising assembly 3400.
  • As illustrated in FIGS. 34A, F, and G, the rear portion of the support arm 3480 includes a pair of deformable retaining clips 3481 for accepting the pusher and damper assembly 3470. Upon first sliding the pusher and damper assembly 3470 onto the integral pusher track and damper rack 3497, the retaining clips 3481 deform to allow the pusher and damper assembly to be inserted thereon. The deformable retaining clips 3481 extend outwardly to restrict the pusher and damper assembly 3470 from sliding off the end of the pusher track and damper rack 3497.
  • The front shelf mount 3426 has a low profile design to limit interference when accessing a displayed product. The front shelf mount 3426 may couple with a mounting portion 3456 to slidably secure the support arm 3480 therein. As seen in FIG. 34D, the mounting portion 3456 may be in a first, disengaged position wherein the support arm 3480 may slide laterally along a length of the shelf mount 3426. As illustrated in FIG. 34E, the support arm 3480 may be slid forward such that the mounting portion 3456 engages the front shelf mount 3426 to create a friction fit between the two, thus limiting or restricting lateral movement from occurring. In some examples, the front shelf mount 3426 may include a hump or a ridge to further secure the mounting portion 3456 within the front shelf mount 3426.
  • The assembly 3400 further includes a rear stabilizer 3416 to limit lateral and rotational movement of the support arm 3480. The rear stabilizer 3416 includes any number of teeth which protrude therefrom to create a number of stabilizing surfaces. The rear stabilizer 3416 engages a lower surface of the support arm 3480, and may be lifted to allow the support arm 3480 to slide along a length of the rear stabilizer 3416.
  • The assembly 3400 further includes a pusher release mechanism 3493 which includes a rod 3493A extending from the shelf mount 3426 to the rear of the support arm 3480. The hold-release apparatus 3493B includes a hooked surface for accepting the rod 3493A and a protrusion for locking the pusher and damper assembly 3470 in place. Upon pushing the pusher and damper assembly towards the rear of the support arm 3480, a generally flat guide contained on the support arm 3480 slidably contacts the pusher and damper assembly 3470 to ensure the pusher and damper assembly forms a solid connection with the hold-release apparatus 3493B. The hold-release apparatus 3493B is made of a generally deformable material to allow it to easily be engaged and disengaged with the pusher and damper assembly 3470. Upon engaging the rood 3493A at the front of the support arm 3480, the rod causes the hold-release apparatus 3493B to lower so that the hold-release apparatus 3493B is no longer in contact with the pusher and damper assembly 3470. As such, the pusher may be advanced towards the front of the support arm 3480.
  • FIGS. 35A-D illustrate an alternate universal merchandising assembly 3500 being used in a bar configuration of varying dimensions and having an integral pusher and damper assembly 3570, an integral pusher track and damper rack 3597, an integral front rail, price channel, and pusher release mechanism, and a compound damper or gear configured to engage the rack and a separate gear to engage a hold-release apparatus of the pusher release mechanism. As illustrated in FIGS. 35A-B, the blade 3510 includes a plurality of sized openings dimensioned to accommodate bars 3530 of different sizes. Accordingly, the universal merchandiser may be used with any number of existing displays.
  • The assembly 3500 includes a front price channel that is operably coupled to the front mount 3526, which in turn is operably coupled to the rod 3593A. To secure the pusher and damper assembly 3570 to the rear of the support arm 3580, the pusher and damper assembly is slid backwards until a generally flat guide contained on the support arm 3580 slidably contacts the pusher and damper assembly 3570 to ensure the pusher and damper assembly forms a connection with the deformable hold-release apparatus 3593B which deforms to allow the pusher and damper assembly 35700 to be engaged thereto.
  • On the divider and at the front of the assembly 3500 is a hump or protrusion which extends inwardly towards the product containing region. This hump serves to guide the displayed product away from the divider wall to reduce the possibility of the product catching on components of the assembly 3500 during movement, removal, and/or stocking of the product.
  • The damper of the pusher and damper assembly 3570 includes a compound damper gear having a first gear portion 3571A and a second gear portion 3571B. The first gear portion 3571A is configured to engage the rack to dampen movement of the pusher. During this movement, the second gear portion 3571B is disengaged and travels along the rack freely. Upon pushing the pusher and damper assembly 3570 and engaging the hold-release apparatus 3593B, the second gear portion 3571B secures thereto to eliminate movement along the rack.
  • To disengage the pusher and damper assembly 3570 from the pusher release mechanism, a user may simply push a portion of the price channel, which causes the rod 3593A to rotate and move the hold-release apparatus 3593B downwards. The second gear portion 3571B is then disengaged from the hold-release apparatus 3593B, and accordingly, the pusher and damper assembly will then be disengaged.
  • FIGS. 36A-D illustrate an alternate universal merchandising assembly 3600 being used in a bar configuration of varying dimensions having a frictional engagement between the dividers 3680 and the front rail 3620. The front rail 3620 is formed by extruding plastic, such as ABS plastic. The front rail 3620 has a first wall 3621, a second wall 3622, and a third wall 3623. The second wall 3622 is substantially horizontal. The first wall 3621 is at an acute angle with the second wall 3622. The third wall 3623 extends transverse to the second wall 3622. In some forms, the third wall 3623 extends perpendicularly to the second wall 3622.
  • In one form, the junction between the first wall 3621 and the second wall 3622 is rounded to form a nose, however the flat portion of the first wall 3621 is at an acute angle to the flat portion of the second wall 3622.
  • The first, second, and third walls 3621/3622/3623 define a channel into which a portion of the divider 3680 is received. The portion of the divider 3680 includes a front surface 3681, a bottom surface 3682, and a back surface 3683. The distance between the back surface 3683 and the front surface 3681 is substantially similar to the distance between the third wall 3623 and the meeting point between the first and second walls 3621/3622. As such the portion of the divider 3680 fits snugly into the channel defined by the three walls. In a preferred form, the bottom surface 3682 is substantially flat to increase surface engagement with the second wall 3622, the back surface 3683 is substantially flat to increase surface engagement with the third wall 3623, and the front surface 3681 is rounded to maximize engagement with the nose formed by the first and second walls 3621/3622. Friction between these respective surfaces acts to brake the divider 3680 against horizontal movement (movement along the longitudinal axis of the front rail 3620).
  • In some forms, the front rail 3620 is deformable such that the first wall 3621 and/or the third wall 3623 deform when the portion of the divider 3680 is inserted so as to allow the divider 3680 to snap into place. In still further forms, the front rail 3620 and/or divider 3680 remain deformed while the divider 3680 is in the engaged position such that the strain presses the front rail 3620 and divider 3680 together, increasing friction there between. in some forms, this deformity may be visible from the outside, such as a bulge in the front of the front rail or in other forms it may be internal.
  • FIGS. 36C-D illustrate two methods of reducing engagement between the front rail 3620 and the divider 3680. In the first method (see, FIG. 36C), the rear portion of the divider 3680 is lifted from a first horizontal position to a second raised position. This lifting pivots the divider 3680 about the front. The back surface 3823 is lifted away from the third wall 3623 and the bottom surface 3682 is lifted way from the second wall 3622. Because the back surface 3683 no longer engages the third wall 3623, the front surface 3681 is not held snugly against the nose which reduces the friction there between. When in this disengaged state, friction between the front rail 3620 and divider 3680 is reduced sufficiently to allow the divider 3680 to slide laterally or horizontally from at least a first position to a second position such that it may be adjusted to accommodate varying sizes of products. In some forms, the front rail 3620 deforms when the divider 3680 is moved from the first to the second position. As shown in FIG. 36C the first wall 3621 bulges out around the divider 3680. FIG. 36C illustrates the front rail 3620 extending out of the page past the where the cross-section of the divider 3680 is taken in order to shown the bulge.
  • In the second method of disengagement (see, FIG. 36D), the front of the front rail 3620 is moved from a first, normally biased position to a second position, causing the front rail 3620 to deform. In the second, deformed position the distance between the first wall 3621 and the second wall 3622 is greater than when the front rail is in the first, normally biased position. The front portion of the divider 3680 is lifted with the front of the front rail 3620 due to the engagement between the front surface 3681 and the nose. This lifts the bottom surface 3682 up from the second wall 3622 to reduce and/or completely break engagement there between and slides the back surface 3683 up along the third wall 3623 to at least partially reduce engagement there between. This lessening of surface engagement reduces friction which allows the divider 3680 to slide horizontally along the front rail 3620 from a first position to at least a second position. In a preferred form, this second method of disengagement allows for a user to make finite adjustments of the shelf management member, while the first method of disengagement is used for course adjustments of the shelf management member. In some instances, this second method of disengagement allows for one handed adjustments of the shelf management member to be made.
  • In some embodiments, such as those shown in FIGS. 36E-G, the front rail 3620 further includes one or more high friction strips 3624. FIG. 36E illustrate 3 possible locations for the high or higher friction strips 3624 a, b, and c. The high/higher friction strips 3624 are formed of a material having a higher coefficient of friction with the divider 3680 than the material forming the rest of the front rail 3620. In some forms, the high friction strips 3624 are formed of urethane or PVC. The high friction strips 3624 are coextruded with the main body of the front rail 3620. In alternative forms, the high friction strips 3624 comprise a coating added to the front rail 3620 after it is formed. For example, this could be an elastomeric material that is molded or sprayed on the extruded member in a separate step if desired. However, again, in a preferred form, this frictional member 3624 will be preferably formed via a co-extrusion process where both the rail and the friction member are co-extruded with one another at the same time.
  • The high friction strips 3624 are located on the interior of the channel defined by the first, second, and third walls 3621/3622/3623 such that they engage one or more of the front, bottom, and back surfaces 3681/3682/3683 of the divider 3680. One or more high friction strips 3624 can be located proximate to the nose, or the acute angle between the first and second walls 3621/3622. This can include strips located spaced apart from the nose along the first wall 3621 (strip 3624 a) and/or the second wall 3622 (strip 3624 b) as shown in FIG. 36 E, or a strip located in the center of the nose (strip 3624) as shown in FIG. 36 F. Alternatively or additionally, a high friction strip 3624 c may be located on the third wall 3623 in order to engage the back surface 3683 as shown in FIG. 36 E. A front rail may include any one of the strips 3624 shown in FIGS. 36 E-F or any combination thereof.
  • The front rail 3620 and the corresponding front portion of the divider 3680 of assembly 3600 can be combined with the features of any of the previous assemblies described herein. For example, the front rail 3620 may be mounted on a shelf, bar, or other surface. The divider 3680 may include a track for a pusher with or without a damper. The rear of the divider 3680 may be free or may engage teeth when in the horizontal first position.
  • In addition to the co-extrusion process described above, the front rail 3620 can be formed by injection molding as shown in FIG. 36F. The third wall 3623 includes additional support to make it more rigid. In one form, the front rail 3620 is molded in short sections by which the length of a standard shelf are divisible. For example, if standard shelves are in 4 foot or 8 foot increments, the front rail 3620 can be molded in 1 foot, 16 inch, or 2 foot sections. This allows the sections of front rail 3620 to also be used for shorter shelves or displays. Instead of dividers, a shorter display may only include one or two end brackets, such as end brackets 150, 250 described above. Alternatively, the short display includes one or two end brackets as well as one or more dividers.
  • Alternatively, as shown in FIGS. 37A-B, the divider 3780 includes one or more high friction pads 3784. FIG. 37A illustrates 3 possible locations for the high or higher friction pads 3784 a, b, and c. The high/higher friction pads 3784 are formed of a material having a higher coefficient of friction with the front rail 3720 than the material forming the rest of the divider 3780. In some forms, the high friction pads 3784 are formed of a urethane or PVC as described above, an adhesive foam, paint-on rubberizer, or soft, deformable rubber. In some forms, the high friction pads 3784 form a portion of the divider 3780, such as the nub or nose 3781. In other forms, the divider 3780 is made of a first material, such as ABS plastic, and the high friction pads 3784 are added to the exterior surface either during the forming of the divider 3780 or after the divider 3780 is formed. For example, the high friction pads 3784 can be added as a coating, such as a paint or foam.
  • The high friction pads 3784 are positioned to selectively engage the front rail 3720 when the divider 3780 is in a lowered, or secured position. As such, the high friction pads 3784 are located on one or more of the front surface 3781, bottom surface 3782, and back surface 3783 to engage the one or more of the first wall 3721, second wall 3722, and third wall 3723 respectively. When the back end of the divider 3780 is lifted, the high friction pads 3784 disengage from the front rail 3720, allowing the divider 3780 to be moved laterally relative to the front rail 3720.
  • FIG. 37B illustrates two exemplary dividers 3780 having the high friction pad 3784 located on the front surface 3781. The left divider 3780 a has a paint soft rubber overmold high friction pad 3784. The right divider 3780 b has an adhesive foam high friction pad 3784.
  • Alternatively or additionally, a high friction pad can be applied to the top surface of the shelf to both prevent lateral movement of the end brackets and dividers relative to the front rail, as well as prevent movement of the front rail relative to the shelving unit. Such an embodiment is shown in FIGS. 38A-C. The display system 3800 includes a front rail 3820, a divider or bracket 3880, and a high friction pad 3890. In some forms, the system 3800 also includes a rear stabilizer 3816 as shown in FIGS. 38B-C. The front rail 3820 and rear stabilizer 3816 are coupled to the high friction pad 3890. In one form, the front rail 3820 is coupled proximate to the front edge of the pad 3890 and the rear stabilizer 3816 is coupled proximate to the rear edge of the pad 3890.
  • The high friction pad 3890 is formed of a material having a relatively high coefficient of friction with standard shelving unit materials. Exemplary materials including soft, deformable rubber, or the other high friction materials listed above. In some forms, the high friction pad 3890 is formed of a first material, such as a plastic, and then coated on the bottom and/or top surfaces with the high friction material.
  • The high friction pads 3890 include attachment structures 3892. In one form, the attachment structures 3892 are snap fit structures allowing adjacent high friction pads 3890 to be coupled together, such as the dove tail joints shown. In operation, a plurality of high friction pads 3890 are joined together by the attachment structures to extend the length of a shelf. Instead of needing to be coupled to the shelf, the friction between the high friction pad 3890 and the top surface of the shelf restricts sliding of the display system 3800, securing the display system 3800 in position.
  • In some forms, the high friction pad 3890 also includes a high friction material on the top surface to increase friction between the high friction pad 3890 and the bracket or divider 3880. The weight of the products being displayed pushes the divider 3880 down onto the high friction pad 3890, securing the divider 3880 against lateral movement. When the rear of the divider 3880 is lifted, the divider 3880 ceases engagement with the high friction pad 3890 and can be slid laterally within the front channel 3820.
  • In alternative forms, the top surface of the pad 3890 has a relatively low coefficient of friction to enable products to easily slide along the surface during merchandising. An alternative means is used to secure the divider 3880 against lateral movement, such as the methods described in previous embodiments. In one form, the front nub or protrusion 3881 of the divider 3880 is formed of a high friction material to increase friction with the front channel 3820 and thus prevent lateral movement.
  • In some embodiments, instead of a high friction material as described above, the pad 3890 uses other securing means, such as adhesive or magnets to secure the display system 3800 to the shelf. For example, the pad 3880 is formed of a plastic or rubber with one or more magnets embedded in it to secure the system 3800 to a metal shelf.
  • Turning to FIG. 39A, the shelf component support 3901 comprises a horizontal panel 3990 extending between a front channel 3920 and a rear stabilizer 3916. On at least one side of the horizontal panel 3990 are interlocking members 3991. The interlocking members 3997 are shaped and configured to interlock with corresponding interlocking members 3997 on a second, adjacent shelf component support 3901. The interlocking of the interlocking members 3997 detachably couples the shelf component supports 3901 together. In this way, a modular shelf component support 3901 assembly can be made to expand substantially the entire length of a shelf.
  • The front channel 3920 is substantially similar to the front channels discussed above. The front channel 3920 is sized and configured to receive a front projection from a divider or end bracket (collectively known as shelf components) and, when the back of the shelf component is pivoted down, the front projection engages front channel 3920 so as to restrict horizontal movement because of friction. In some forms, the front channel 3920 and/or the front projection of the shelf component include a high friction material so as to increase the friction.
  • The rear stabilizer 3916 is a come structures comprising a plurality of grooves. The grooves extend parallel to the longitudinal axis of a shelf component, which is in a direction extending from the back to the front of the shelf. The shelf components include at least one rear projection sized and configured to be received within a groove of the rear stabilizer 3916. The rear stabilizer 3916 restricts horizontal movement of the rear of the shelf component when the rear projection is received within a groove.
  • Spacing the front channel 3920 and the rear stabilizer 3916 by greater amounts reduces the amount of shelf component extending behind the support 3901. Reducing the amount of overhanging shelf component decreases the amount by which the rear of the shelf component deflects during operation. In a preferred embodiment, the rear stabilizer 3916 is positioned at least one third of the length of the shelf component from the front channel 3920. In a more preferred embodiment, the rear stabilizer 3916 is spaced from the front channel 3920 by a distance of at least about one half the length of the shelf component.
  • FIGS. 39B-39D illustrate a shelf component assembly 3900 including the shelf component support 3901 and a shelf component 3980. As discussed above the front projection 3984 of the shelf component 3980 is received in the front channel 3920. The rear projection 3989 is received within a groove of the rear stabilizer 3916. In operation, the shelf component 3980 can be moved from the first position shown to a second position by lifting the rear of the shelf component 3980, thus removing the rear projection 3989 from the rear stabilizer 3916 and disengaging the front projection 3984 from the front channel 3920, sliding the shelf component 3980 along the length of the channel 3920, and then lowering the rear of the shelf component 3980 to re-engage with the front channel 3920 and rear stabilizer 3916.
  • In some embodiments, the horizontal panel 4090 includes a plurality of holes or apertures 4091 (see FIG. 40A). The apertures 4091 decrease the amount of material required to produce the shelf component supports 4001. Alternatively or additionally, the amount of material used to produce the support 4001 can be reduced by having a honeycombed or ribbed design as shown in FIG. 40B. The cavities 4092 reduce the weight and total material while the ribs 4093 provide sufficient strength for the support 4001 to retain its shape in standard operation. In operation, the shelf components include ledges on which the products being merchandiser by the assemblies described herein rest. Because the products are supported by the shelf components, the apertures 4091 do not interfere with facing the products.
  • In some embodiments, the shelf component supports described herein include an attachment means or coupling device to releasably couple the shelf component assembly to a shelf. In some forms, the horizontal panel is composed of or coated in a high friction material, such as shown in FIGS. 38A-38C. Alternatively, one or more strips of high friction material 4194 are coupled to the bottom of the horizontal panel 4190 as shown in FIG. 41. In still further alternatives, the coupling device comprises one or more projections configured to be received in recesses or apertures of the shelf, or around the exterior of the shelf. Alternatively, the shelf component support may include bolt holes or screw holes such that it can be coupled to the shelf by an external fastener, such as bolts or screws.
  • FIG. 42 illustrates a product merchandising system 4200 comprising a plurality of interlocked shelf component supports 4201. In operation, the system 4200 would extend substantially the entire length of a shelf. In some forms, one or more of the supports 4201 include one or more preweakened lines configured to allow the support 4201 to be snapped to a desired width. Preferably, the supports 4201 are sized such that a standard sized shelf is evenly divisible by the width of the supports 4201. For example, the supports 4201 are provided having widths of 1 foot, 16 inch, 2 feet, or 4 feet.
  • The interlocking members 4297 detachably coupled individual supports 4201 together such that the respective front channels 4220 and rear stabilizers 4216 are aligned. As such, the shelf components 4280 can smoothly slide from the front channel 4220 of a first support 4201 into the front channel 4220 of a second support 4201.
  • Thus, it should be understood that the above disclosure includes an exemplary modular shelf management system 4200 having a base 4201 having a shelf component guide 4220 positioned on a first side of the base and an engagement member 4216 spaced apart from the guide 4220 and first side of the base 4201 for engaging a shelf component 4280. The base 4201 further has at least one mating member 4297 positioned on a second side of the base different than the first side of the base for mating adjacent bases 4201 to one another if present, and wherein the base has an upper surface and a lower surface with the lower surface coated with an adhesive (such as the adhesive strips for adhering the base to a shelf).
  • The product display merchandising system 4300 of FIGS. 43A-43H includes a plurality of shelf component supports 4301 arranged along the surface of a shelf 122. The shelf component supports support dividers or shelf components 4380. The shelf components 4380 include divider walls and spring biased pushers with dampers as described above. The shelf components 4380 include front projections 4384 sized and configured to be received in the front channels 4320 of the supports 4301. As shown in FIGS. 43D-43E, when the rear of the shelf components 4380 is lifted, the front projection 4384 is free to slide along the shelf in the longitudinal direction of the channels 4320 (perpendicular to the longitudinal axis 4380 a of the shelf components 4380). When the rear of the shelf component 4380 is pivoted back down such that the shelf component 4380 is substantially horizontal, the front projection 4384 engages the front channel 4320 to secure the shelf component 4380 against movement. In one form, the engagement is a frictional engagement, such that the shelf component 4380 can be infinitely adjusted along the length of the front channel 4320. The engagement between the front channel 4320 and front projection 4384 is substantially similar as in the embodiments described above. In some forms, one or both of the front channel 4320 and front projection 4384 include high friction materials to increase the friction therebetween. In some forms, the system 4300 includes an end cap 4325 on one or both ends of the front channel 4320. The end cap 4325 can be permanent or snap fit.
  • A rear stabilizer 4316 is positioned at the rear end of the supports 4301. The rear stabilizer 4316 includes one or more slots or apertures 4317 configured to receive a downward projection 4388 of the shelf components 4380. In one form, the downward projection 4388 is part of a mounting structure 4389 that is detachably coupled to the shelf component 4380, see FIG. 43F. The mounting structure 4389 comprises a resilient body, such as plastic, configured to engage existing shelf components 4380 via a snap fit engagement, such as via snap projections 4387. In a preferred form, the mounting structure 4389 is configured to engage the shelf component 4380 at multiple points along the length of the bottom surface of the shelf component 4380, such that its positions relative to the front projection 4384 can be adjusted. This adjustment allows the shelf component 4380 with the mounting structure 4389 to be used to engage with multiple different sized supports 4301.
  • The rear stabilizer 4316 and front channel 4320 are separated by a substantially horizontal plate portion 4390. The plate portion 4930 extends co-planar with the top surface 122 t of the shelf 122. In some forms, the plate portion includes cavities 4392 to reduce the weight and amount of material, such as in the honeycombed pattern of the bottom surface illustrated in FIG. 43C. The rear stabilizer 4316, front channel 4320, and plate portion 4390 are a single, continuous structure 4301. In some forms, the support 4301 is formed by injection molding.
  • Positioning the rear stabilizer 4316 further back along the shelf component 4380, and further separated from the front channel 4320 better resists twisting of the shelf component 4380 or deflection of the rear end of the shelf component 4380. In one form, the distance D between the rear stabilizer 4316 and front channel 4320 is at least as long as the length L of the front channel 4320 in that same direction. In a preferred from, the distance D is at least 6 inches.
  • In some forms, the distance D is determined by the depth of the shelf 122. A plurality of different supports 4301 having different distances D are provided such that one can be selected that extends substantially the entire depth of the shelf. In an alternative embodiment, a single size support 4301 is provided having a distance D such that it can fit on a plurality of different standard shelf sizes. For example, the distance D is less than 12 inches, or in a preferred form less than or equal to 10 inches, such that it can fit on 12 inch, 18 inch, and 24 inch shelves.
  • The length of the structure 4301 is equal to the distance D plus the distance L. In one form, the length is between 6 inches and 25 inches. In a preferred form, the length is between approximately 10 inches and approximately 12 inches. In some forms, the width of the structure 4301 is such that an even number of structures 4301 fill a standard sized shelf. For example, in markets that use the imperial units the width of the shelf is between 8 inches and 48 inches wide. In a preferred embodiment, the width of the structure 4301 is approximately 8 inches, 12 inches, 16 inches, 24 inches, or 48 inches such that an array of one or more structures 4301 fills a standard 48 inch or 96 inch shelf.
  • The supports 4301 are engage the top surface 122 t of the shelf 122 so as to reduce sliding thereon. In some forms, the supports 4301 include one or more apertures through which bolts or screws can couple the supports 4301 to the shelf 122. Alternatively or additionally, the supports 4301 frictionally engage the shelf 122. Portions of high friction material 4384 are coupled to the bottom of the supports 4301 to increase friction with the shelf 122. In some forms, the high friction material 4384 is an adhesive strip, such as double sided tape. Turning to FIG. 43H, flat portions 4395, such as flat channels, are moulded into the bottom surface of the supports 4301 to improve engagement to the high friction material 4384.
  • In some forms, the supports 4301 include interlocking portions to secure and align adjacent supports 4301 to one another. The interlocking portions described in previous embodiments can be used.
  • While the drawings and disclosure discussed herein illustrate the concept of a rail and a divider, it should be understood that the same applies for the end brackets that are used with the shelf management system and that the term divider is equally applicable to an end bracket as it is the interstitial brackets that separate or divide the shelves into product channels. Similarly, while integrated dividers and pusher members and end brackets and pusher members are disclosed herein, it should be understood that in other forms of the invention these items may be provided as their own or discrete shelf management members (e.g., separate end bracket, pusher assembly, divider and end bracket, etc.). It also should be understood that numerous ways of providing for and hindering horizontal movement of such dividers/end brackets are disclosed herein. In addition, a rail and shelf management member (e.g., divider, end bracket, pusher, etc.) engagement concept is disclosed herein which allows for the shelf management member to be moved or re-positioned horizontally in more than one way. For example, in one manner, the rail is allowed to deform to provide for horizontal movement or positioning of the shelf management member. In another manner, the shelf management member itself is movable between a first position where it is generally secured in position with respect to the rail (e.g., hindered from horizontal movement) and a second position where it is angled to release a clamping effect the rail has on the shelf management member so that it can be moved or positioned/re-positioned as desired by the user. One particular advantage of such a configuration is that the shelf management member does not always have to be lifted in order to allow for horizontal movement of same (or positioning/re-positioning of same). Thus, in situations where it is desirable to change the planogram of the shelving display (e.g., re-planogram), but there is not room or it is otherwise inconvenient to lift the shelf management member with relation to the shelf, the disclosed shelf management system allows for an alternate way for the shelf management member to be positioned/re-positioned without the need to lift same.
  • In addition to disclosing a shelf management system with a rail and shelf management member that are moveable in two different manners, it should be understood that numerous methods are also disclosed herein, including a multiply adjustable method for adjusting the positioning of a shelf management member in a shelf management system having a first method of adjustment that entails movement of a shelf management member (e.g., an end bracket, a divider, a pusher assembly, a combination of any of these, etc.) that entails movement of the shelf management member between first and second positions (different from one another), and a second method of adjustment that entails movement of the rail to allow for movement of the shelf management member (e.g., lateral or horizontal movement of the shelf management member, positioning/re-positioning of the shelf management member, etc.). In addition, disclosed herein is a method for hindering movement of a shelf management member by clamping or frictionally fitting the member between at least two walls of a front rail. In a preferred form, this further entails clamping or frictionally fitting the shelf management member between the at least two walls of the front rail and a frictional member, such as a strip, that further assists in hindering movement of the shelf management member. While discussed together as a shelf management method, it should be understood that each of these manners of hindering movement of the shelf management member are subjects of this disclosure in and of themselves, as well. Thus, separate methods for hindering movement of a shelf management member are disclosed herein as are a combined or multiple method for hindering movement of a shelf management member. In addition, while various features and methods are disclosed herein with respect to specific embodiments, it should be understood that features and methods from the various embodiments disclosed herein may be combined with one another to form yet other embodiments and methods.
  • Advantageously, the universal merchandiser 100 may be coupled to existing retail displays. For example, the universal merchandiser 100 may be coupled directly to existing retail shelves or upright support structures. It is envisioned that the universal merchandiser 100 may be configured with any combination of shelf displays 120 and bar displays 202. For example, in some embodiments, the universal merchandiser 100 may only include shelf display units 120 or only include bar display units 202. Conversely, the universal display merchandiser 100 may include a number of shelf display units 120 and a number of bar display units 202. The bar display 202 of the universal merchandiser 100 may also be configured to mount to a grid system for displaying within a retail location. The universal merchandiser 100 advantageously allows such configurations to easily suit the needs of each individual retailer.
  • In summary, approaches are described herein which a front-facing universal merchandiser may be employed with products having varying shapes and/or dimensions. In many of these examples, a universal front-facing merchandiser is described having a front rail having a first mating structure and a plurality of integrated pusher and divider assemblies.
  • In one example, a shelf management system 4300 comprises a shelf top support 4301 having a front channel 4320, a rear engagement portion 4316, and a substantially horizontal plate portion 4390 extending between the front channel and the rear engagement portion. The shelf management system 4300 further comprises a shelf component 4380 comprising a front protrusion 4384 sized to extend into the front channel 4320 and a downward projection 4388 sized and positioned to engage the rear engagement portion 4316.
  • In some forms, the rear engagement portion 4316 comprising at least one aperture 4317. Alternatively or additionally, the rear engagement portion 3916 has a plurality of tooth-like projections defining cavities therebetween sized to receive the downward projection 3989 of the shelf component.
  • In some forms, the distance D between the front channel 4320 and the rear engagement portion 4316 is longer than double the size of the front channel L in a direction parallel to a longitudinal axis of the shelf component.
  • In some forms, the distance D between the front channel 4320 and the rear engagement portion 4316 is greater than 6 inches.
  • In some forms, the distance D between the front channel 4320 and the rear engagement portion 4316 is less than 12 inches.
  • Each divider assembly includes a second mating structure that corresponds to and mates with the first mating structure to couple the integrated pusher and divider assemblies to the front rail. The mating structures of each pusher and divider assembly and the front rail are movable between a first position where the integrated pusher and divider assembly is coupled to and laterally movable about the front rail and is not removable from the front rail without force being applied to the integrated pusher and divider assembly and a second position where the integrated pusher and divider assembly is secured to the front rail in a desired position in a manner that hinders lateral movement of the integrated pusher and divider assembly.
  • In some of these approaches, the first mating structure of the front rail includes an extruded channel defining a first socket located in a first portion of the front rail and a second socket located in a second portion of the front rail. The second mating structure of the integrated pusher and divider assembly is insertable into the first socket of the first mating structure to couple the integrated pusher and divider assembly to the front rail.
  • Further, the second mating structure is movable between the first socket where the integrated pusher and divider assembly remains laterally movable within the front rail and the second socket where the assembly is secured to the front rail in a way that lateral movement of the integrated pusher and divider assembly within the front rail is hindered or prevented.
  • In other examples, the second mating structure may be a protrusion extending from the integrated pusher and divider assembly which corresponds in shape to at least one of the first and second socket and creates a frictional engagement between the protrusion and second socket when the protrusion is moved from the first socket to the second socket of the front rail. The first socket is located in a rear portion of the front rail, and the second socket is located in a forward portion of the front rail so that movement of the protrusion extending from the assembly from the first socket to the second socket comprises linear movement of at least a portion of the assembly from the rear portion of the front rail toward the forward portion of a front rail. This movement is in a direction generally perpendicular to the permitted lateral movement of the assembly when the protrusion is in the first socket.
  • In yet other examples, the front rail may include an integral indicia channel and front rail assembly. The indicia channel is located at a front end of the front rail for displaying indicia related to merchandise being displayed by the universal front-facing merchandiser. In some forms, each integrated pusher and divider assembly also includes at least one spring-biased pusher which moves from a rear portion of the integrated pusher and divider assembly to a forward portion of the integrated pusher and divider assembly. The merchandiser may further include a pusher lock mechanism having a first portion that engages the pusher and secures the pusher in a rearward stocking or re-stocking position on the integrated pusher and divider assembly. The locking mechanism may also have a second portion that serves as an actuator for either locking or unlocking the pusher.
  • In some forms, the integral indicia channel and front rail assembly comprises a price channel. This price channel is coupled to the second portion of the pusher lock mechanism and, together with the second portion of the pusher lock mechanism, serves as the actuator for unlocking the pusher when force is applied to at least a portion of the integral price channel and front rail assembly.
  • In many of these examples, the at least one spring-biased pusher includes a damper having a damper pinion gear extending from a portion of the pusher. The at least one integrated pusher and divider assembly further defines an integral pusher track and damper rack structure that the pusher travels along so that the damper pinion gear engages the damper rack to slow the pusher as merchandise is removed from the universal front-facing merchandiser. The damper rack is positioned within outer boundaries of the pusher track so that the damper is linearly aligned with the track to prevent operation of the damper from exerting racking forces on the pusher.
  • In some approaches, the integral pusher track and damper rack defines a channel within which at least a portion of the pusher lock mechanism is disposed. The pusher lock mechanism may also include a pawl and the damper may include a compound gear with a first gear portion comprising the damper pinion gear and a second gear portion that engages the pawl to secure the pusher in the stocking or re-stocking position. The first and second gear portions are coaxial with one another.
  • The universal front-facing merchandiser may also include a rear stabilizer for hindering lateral movement of a rear portion of the integral pusher and divider assembly. The integral pusher and divider assembly may define a recess that aligns with the rear stabilizer when the mating structures of the integral pusher and divider assembly and front rail are in the first position so that the integral pusher and divider assembly is laterally movable along the front rail.
  • In some forms, pusher attachments may be provided that are attachable to at least a portion of the at least one pusher to customize the universal front-facing merchandiser for a particular type of merchandise. The universal front-facing merchandiser may further comprise a divider extender that may be removably attached to a vertical wall portion of at least one of the integral pusher and divider assemblies. The divider extender may have at least one of a male or female structure for mating with a corresponding female or male structure on the vertical wall portion of the integral pusher and divider assembly.
  • In addition to the above-mentioned apparatus or articles of manufacture, it should be understood that the invention disclosed herein includes various methods. For example, a method for displaying a product includes the steps of providing a product divider assembly including a front and rear portion and a divider configured to divide displayed products into rows, operatively coupling a pusher having an axis to the product divider assembly to assist in urging the displayed products from the rear portion of the product divider assembly to the front portion of the product divider assembly, and coupling a damper attachment having an axis to the pusher such that movement of the pusher from the rear portion of the product divider assembly to the front portion of the product divider assembly is dampened. The damper attachment is coupled to a rear portion of the pusher such that the axis of the damper attachment is in line with the axis of the pusher so as to limit the amount of torque generated by the pusher during movement from the rear portion of the product divider assembly to the front portion of the product divider assembly.
  • In other examples, a method of assembling or operating a front-facing merchandiser is provided. First, a front rail is provided having a first mating structure and at least one integrated pusher and divider assembly including a second mating structure that corresponds to and mates with the first mating structure to couple the integrated pusher and divider assembly to the front rail. The first mating structure of the front rail comprises a channel defining a first socket located in a first portion of the front rail and a second socket located in a second portion of the front rail.
  • Next, the second mating structure is inserted in the first socket of the front rail channel so that the integrated pusher and divider assembly is coupled to the front rail and laterally movable with respect to the front rail. The second mating structure is then moved into the second socket of the front rail channel so that the integrated pusher and divider assembly is secured to the front rail in a desired position in a manner that hinders lateral movement of the integrated pusher and divider assembly.
  • In yet other embodiments, a method of damping movement of a pusher in a front-facing merchandiser is provided which includes the steps of providing an integrated pusher and divider assembly with an integral pusher track and damper rack extending therefrom, the integrated pusher and divider assembly having at least one spring biased pusher connected to the integral pusher track and damper rack, the pusher further having a damper with a damper pinion gear, and damping movement of the at least one pusher by having the damper pinion gear engage the damper rack of the integral pusher track and damper rack.
  • In these embodiments, the method may further include the step of aligning the damper rack between outer surfaces of the pusher track to linearly align the damper with the pusher track so that no racking forces are exerted on the pusher and damper travels along the integral pusher track and damper rack.
  • In some forms, a method of manufacturing an integrated pusher and divider assembly is provided. First a plastic front rail having a first mating structure is extruded. Next, at least one integrated pusher and divider assembly having a second mating structure that corresponds to and mates with the first mating structure of the front rail to couple the integrated pusher and divider assembly to the front rail is plastic injection molded. The integrated pusher and divider assembly has an integral pusher track and damper rack extending from a main body of the integrated pusher and divider assembly, the integrated pusher and divider assembly having a resilient structure located on a distal end thereof.
  • Next, at least one pusher is molded and coupled to the integrated pusher and divider assembly by installing the at least one pusher on the resilient end of the integral pusher track and damper rack. The resiliency of the resilient end maintains the at least one pusher on the integral pusher track and damper rack once installed thereon. Finally, a spring is connected from the at least one pusher to a forward portion of the integrated pusher and divider assembly in order to normally bias the pusher toward the forward portion of the integrated pusher and divider assembly.
  • It is understood that different terms are used to refer to the same or similar components in this application. The use of different terms is not meant to be limiting, it is an attempt to better describe the embodiments in a way that the reader best understands by offering multiple different descriptions. For example, a “tray” and “shelf top support” and “shelf component support” and thus a claim to any of those terms should be read to cover embodiments described by any of those terms.
  • Those skilled in the art will recognize that a wide variety of modifications, alterations, and combinations can be made with respect to the above described embodiments without departing from the scope of the invention, and that such modifications, alterations, and combinations are to be viewed as being within the ambit of the inventive concept.

Claims (30)

What is claimed is:
1. A shelf management system comprising:
a tray defining a first mating structure and a second mating structure;
a shelf management component having a spring biased pusher connected thereto and movable between a first position wherein the pusher is extended to a rear of the shelf management component and a second position wherein the pusher is retracted to a front of the shelf management component; and
an interstitial member positioned between the shelf management component and the tray to secure the shelf management component to the tray and hinder lateral movement of the shelf management component with respect to the tray.
2. The shelf management system of claim 1, wherein one of the tray and interstitial member includes a recess and the other of the interstitial member and tray includes a mating protrusion for matingly engaging the recess to secure the interstitial member to the tray.
3. The shelf management system of claim 2, wherein the recess is defined by the tray and the mating protrusion extends from the interstitial member to matingly engage the interstitial member to the tray to hinder unintentional horizontal and vertical movement of the shelf management component with respect to the tray.
4. The shelf management system of claim 3, wherein the recess is an elongated slot which allows the mating protrusion to be matingly engaged to the recess in a plurality of positions to allow for fine horizontal adjustment of the mating protrusion with respect to the recess.
5. The shelf management system of claim 3, wherein at least one surface defining the recess is beveled or tapered to simplify or guide insertion of the mating protrusion into the recess.
6. The shelf management system of claim 5, wherein the recess is bell mouthed to make it easier to guide the mating protrusion into the recess.
7. The shelf management system of claim 3, wherein the mating protrusion is beveled or tapered to make it easier to guide the mating protrusion into the recess.
8. The shelf management system of claim 3, wherein the interstitial member includes a guide that assists in guiding the mating protrusion into the recess.
9. The shelf management system of claim 8, wherein the guide has at least one beveled or tapered surface to assist in guiding the mating protrusion into the recess.
10. The shelf management system of claim 8, wherein the guide comprises a plurality of guide protrusions each having a surface facing the mating protrusion which is beveled or tapered to engage a corresponding surface on the tray to help guide the mating protrusion into the recess.
11. The shelf management system of claim 1, wherein the interstitial member mates to the shelf component via a releasable mating structure.
12. The shelf management system of claim 11, wherein the releasable mating structure comprises a releasable clip or clasp engagement.
13. The shelf management system of claim 12, wherein the shelf management component has at least one clip member and the interstitial member includes a mating lip or recess for the at least one clip member to engage to secure the shelf management component and interstitial member to one another.
14. The shelf management system of claim 1, wherein the shelf management component defines a horizontal product support surface, a vertical product separating or guiding wall and integrally forms a pusher guide upon which the pusher moves between first extended and second retracted positions.
15. The shelf management system of claim 14, wherein the shelf management component is a divider having an inverted lower case “t” shape with a vertical portion and horizontal portions positioned perpendicular to the vertical portion, the horizontal portions forming the horizontal product support surface and an integral pusher guide and damper rack assembly, with the pusher further having a damper that engages the damper rack to control movement of the pusher along the pusher guide.
16. The shelf management system of claim 14, wherein the shelf management component is an end bracket having a capital L shape or backwards capital L shape depending on whether it is a left end bracket or right end bracket, respectively, and having a vertical portion and a horizontal portion positioned perpendicular to the vertical portion with the horizontal portion forming the horizontal product support surface and an integral pusher guide and damper rack assembly, with the pusher further having a damper that engages the damper rack to control movement of the pusher along the pusher guide.
17. The shelf management system of claim 1, wherein tray first mating structure forms a socket with a C-shaped cross-section for receiving a mating forward protrusion extending from the shelf management component, the C shaped socket opening toward a rear of the tray and the second mating structure being an elongated recess or slot with a top facing opening for receiving at least a portion of the interstitial member.
18. The shelf management system of claim 17, wherein at least one surface of the tray includes indicia for assisting in making fine adjustments of the shelf management component with respect to the tray.
19. The shelf management system of claim 18, wherein the indicia is a graduated scale for making measured movements of the shelf management component with respect to the tray.
20. The shelf management system of claim 1, wherein the first mating structure forms a socket with open sides and the system further includes a plug or cap for filling or covering at least one of the open sides to present a more finished appearance.
21. The shelf management system of claim 20, wherein the plug or cap is a plug having at least one protruding structure which is disposed within at least one of the open sides to secure the plug to the tray.
22. The shelf management system of claim 1, wherein the tray further includes a fastener for mating the tray to a shelf surface to which the tray is to be mounted to.
23. The shelf management system of claim 22, wherein the fastener is at least one of an adhesive, a screw, a bolt, a rivet, a plug, a clamp and/or a hook & loop structure.
24. The shelf management system of claim 23, wherein the fastener is adhesive and comprises a first adhesive strip that is positioned along a width of the front of the tray and a second adhesive strip that is positioned along a width of the rear of the tray.
25. The shelf management system of claim 1, wherein the tray further defines openings for receiving a fastener to secure the tray to a shelf.
26. The shelf management system of claim 1, wherein the tray comes in an Imperial or U.S. customary measurement length size so that a plurality of trays can be aligned adjacent one another to substantially fill a standard Imperial or U.S. customary measurement length size shelf.
27. The shelf management system of claim 26, wherein the tray comes in a length ranging between ten inches (10″) and twenty-five inches (25″).
28. The shelf management system of claim 27, wherein the tray comprises a plurality of trays each having an alignment structure used to properly align adjacent trays to one another so that the first mating structure of each tray aligns to form an elongated or contiguous channel from one exterior side or end of the plurality of trays to a second exterior side or end of the plurality of trays.
29. The shelf management system of claim 27, wherein the tray comes in substantially twelve inch (12″) widths so that a plurality of trays can be aligned adjacent one another to fill a three foot (3′) or four foot (4′) shelf from end-to-end.
30. The shelf management system of claim 1, wherein the tray comes in a metric sized width so that a plurality of trays can be aligned adjacent one another to substantially fill a standard metric width shelf.
US15/832,500 2016-12-05 2017-12-05 Shelf management system, components thereof, and related methods Active US10959540B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/832,500 US10959540B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2017-12-05 Shelf management system, components thereof, and related methods

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201662430227P 2016-12-05 2016-12-05
US201762560546P 2017-09-19 2017-09-19
US15/832,500 US10959540B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2017-12-05 Shelf management system, components thereof, and related methods

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20180153313A1 true US20180153313A1 (en) 2018-06-07
US10959540B2 US10959540B2 (en) 2021-03-30

Family

ID=62239903

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/832,500 Active US10959540B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2017-12-05 Shelf management system, components thereof, and related methods

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (1) US10959540B2 (en)

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10470587B2 (en) * 2017-12-01 2019-11-12 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US10604342B1 (en) * 2018-08-20 2020-03-31 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Reconfigurable sortation wall
US10617228B2 (en) * 2017-12-01 2020-04-14 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US10638856B2 (en) * 2017-01-05 2020-05-05 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray and display incorporating same
US20200187675A1 (en) * 2018-12-17 2020-06-18 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail shelving system
US10912398B2 (en) 2019-02-11 2021-02-09 Retail Space Solutions Llc Adjustable-width pusher tray assembly
US10952532B2 (en) * 2017-05-09 2021-03-23 Rickard Nilsson Shelf unit for a shelving system and shelving system
US10959543B2 (en) 2018-05-25 2021-03-30 Retail Space Solutions Llc Tray accessory and tray with mounting structure
US11045017B2 (en) 2017-04-27 2021-06-29 Retail Space Solutions Llc Shelf-mounted tray and methods relating to same
US11246428B2 (en) 2018-07-16 2022-02-15 Retail Space Solutions Llc Product display merchandiser and related methods
US11350768B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2022-06-07 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US20220265041A1 (en) * 2019-11-11 2022-08-25 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Product Divider Assembly
US11517127B2 (en) 2020-08-05 2022-12-06 Fasteners for Retails, Inc. Retail merchandise tray with mounting, spacing and locating
US11583110B2 (en) 2020-04-23 2023-02-21 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise shelving system
US20230147456A1 (en) * 2020-04-23 2023-05-11 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise shelving system
IT202200008855A1 (en) * 2022-05-02 2023-11-02 Trt Telecom Radio Electr DEVICE FOR THE AUTOMATIC ADVANCEMENT OF CANNED PRODUCTS DISPLAYED ON SHELVES

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11744387B1 (en) * 2021-06-10 2023-09-05 Diam Uk Ltd Customizable product storage and display system

Citations (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3873195A (en) * 1973-07-05 1975-03-25 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Slide tray
US4454948A (en) * 1981-11-23 1984-06-19 The Mead Corporation Gravity feed display unit
US4460096A (en) * 1980-10-20 1984-07-17 Bristol-Myers Company Shelf organizer
EP0270016A2 (en) * 1986-11-29 1988-06-08 Werner Schenk Construction kit for a goods display box
US5673801A (en) * 1996-03-25 1997-10-07 Markson Rosenthal & Company Shelf organizer display
KR0132359B1 (en) * 1994-02-17 1998-04-13 로버트 에프. 리왈스키 Profile and vehicle having a profile mounted thereon
US5738019A (en) * 1993-11-01 1998-04-14 Ppe Limited Adjustable shelf assembly for merchandising display stand
US6299004B1 (en) * 1999-12-10 2001-10-09 Trion Industries, Inc. Shelf organizing system
US6325221B2 (en) * 1997-11-08 2001-12-04 Display Industries, Llc Merchandising display track device of multiple-piece construction
US6533131B2 (en) * 1999-12-02 2003-03-18 Plasti-Rapid System for displaying products for sale
US6615995B2 (en) * 2001-10-31 2003-09-09 Display Industries, Llc. Merchandising display track device
US20050139560A1 (en) * 2003-10-10 2005-06-30 Burnes Operating Company Llc U-channel display unit
US20070267367A1 (en) * 2003-01-21 2007-11-22 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Shelving system
US20100252519A1 (en) * 2009-04-03 2010-10-07 Presence From Innovation, Llc Glide system with adjustable dividers and modular floor members
US7905364B2 (en) * 2007-06-06 2011-03-15 Opher Pail Product display system, method and apparatus
US20140263134A1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Dual end divider
US9730529B2 (en) * 2015-11-06 2017-08-15 Displays Plus, Inc. Universal merchandising system
US9930973B2 (en) * 2005-09-12 2018-04-03 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system with trackless pusher mechanism

Family Cites Families (626)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US551642A (en) 1895-12-17 Combined stamp-holder and ink-pad
US607890A (en) 1898-07-26 Book-support
US159940A (en) 1875-02-16 Improvement in wheels for vehicles
US452673A (en) 1891-05-19 Book-support
SE76532C1 (en)
US153227A (en) 1874-07-21 Improvement in self-adjusting book-racks
SE77224C1 (en)
US607891A (en) 1898-07-26 Sheet-metal book-support
US436704A (en) 1890-09-16 Bernard r
US431373A (en) 1890-07-01 Book and paper rack
DE7311113U (en) 1973-03-24 1973-08-16 Unternehmensberatung Koch A Display rack
US632231A (en) 1898-02-11 1899-09-05 Nat Ticket Case Company Ticket-case.
US808067A (en) 1904-04-18 1905-12-26 William Cyrus Briggs Mechanism for feeding cigars to banding mechanisms.
US847863A (en) 1906-04-19 1907-03-19 Thomas A Watts Vending-machine.
US927988A (en) 1908-10-19 1909-07-13 Thomas C Massey Vise.
US1030317A (en) 1911-10-26 1912-06-25 Carlisle H Middauge Separating-case.
US1271508A (en) 1917-03-28 1918-07-02 Lincoln Hall Label-file.
US1282532A (en) 1918-04-22 1918-10-22 Paul Bochenek Combined clamp and wrench.
US1674582A (en) 1926-08-09 1928-06-19 Wheeler Jacob Bookholder
US1703987A (en) 1926-10-25 1929-03-05 Willard A Sloper Store delivery apparatus
US1786392A (en) 1928-12-10 1930-12-23 Edward F Kemp Holder for confectionery
US1910516A (en) 1931-10-08 1933-05-23 Paul E Besenberg Letter and record file and the like
US1964597A (en) 1931-10-09 1934-06-26 Rapellin Rene Cigarette dispensing device
US1971749A (en) 1931-12-11 1934-08-28 Hamilton Mfg Co Type case
US2013284A (en) 1932-03-30 1935-09-03 Joseph A Michaud Sectional automatic display cabinet
DE697994C (en) 1933-04-20 1940-10-29 Hoesch Akt Ges Process for removing or binding nitrogen in the manufacture of steel by the duplex process
US2076941A (en) 1935-01-14 1937-04-13 Revere Copper & Brass Inc Book end and like supports
US2079754A (en) 1935-07-17 1937-05-11 William V Waxgiser Article projection apparatus for shelves
US2129122A (en) 1936-07-10 1938-09-06 Beech Nut Packing Co Display stand
US2110299A (en) 1936-11-23 1938-03-08 Hinkle Cecil Edward Bottle rack
US2218444A (en) 1938-04-11 1940-10-15 George S Vineyard Merchandise dispenser
US2308851A (en) 1940-12-12 1943-01-19 New Monarch Machine & Stamping Carrier member for display racks
US2284849A (en) 1941-08-29 1942-06-02 Edward P Schreyer Book end
US2516122A (en) 1945-09-20 1950-07-25 Hope Metal Products Co Metal bin
US2499088A (en) 1947-03-29 1950-02-28 Brill Refrigerated display case
US2538908A (en) 1948-05-10 1951-01-23 Eugene H Mckeehan Shelf divider
US2555102A (en) 1948-10-05 1951-05-29 Miner S Anderson Combined bottle carrier and rack
US2652154A (en) 1949-12-27 1953-09-15 John F Mccarthy Display rack
US2738881A (en) 1950-04-13 1956-03-20 Michel Gino Display and storage holder for containers
US2730825A (en) 1952-02-18 1956-01-17 David L Wilds Combination rack and price tagging device
DE969003C (en) 1952-03-14 1958-04-17 Ver Werkstaetten Wittenau G M Adjustable shaft for self-sellers
US2678045A (en) 1952-04-15 1954-05-11 Frances C Erhard Card sorting device
US2893596A (en) 1953-03-04 1959-07-07 Rowe Mfg Co Inc Sandwich merchandising machine
US2775365A (en) 1953-03-06 1956-12-25 Percy W Mestman Bag dispenser
CH305283A (en) 1954-01-22 1955-02-15 Weber Albert Sohn Shelf console.
US2750049A (en) 1954-08-16 1956-06-12 Vendo Co Vending machine shelf having bottle feeding mechanism
US2889907A (en) 1957-02-18 1959-06-09 Alvey Ferguson Co Antifriction-type conveyor rail for article storage racks
US2934212A (en) 1957-12-16 1960-04-26 James J Jacobson Display and dispensing racks
GB881700A (en) 1959-09-08 1961-11-08 Wilmot Breeden Ltd Means for dispensing packets or wrapped goods of uniform shape
NL106617C (en) 1959-10-29 1963-11-15
US3083067A (en) 1960-05-05 1963-03-26 Coopers Inc Merchandise display and dispensing device
DE1819158U (en) 1960-07-04 1960-10-06 Werner Millhan GOODS CONTAINER WITH AUTOMATIC FEED DEVICE.
US3121494A (en) 1961-02-02 1964-02-18 Howard E Berk Book stop device
US3110402A (en) 1961-03-29 1963-11-12 Cons Cigar Corp Adjustable display rack
US3089675A (en) 1962-05-23 1963-05-14 Allan G Lozier Multiple angle shelf bracket
US3161295A (en) 1963-01-24 1964-12-15 Chesley Ind Inc Display device for merchandise
BE649438A (en) 1963-06-25
US3182945A (en) 1963-08-29 1965-05-11 M & D Store Fixtures Inc Multi-angle bracket
CH420694A (en) 1963-12-07 1966-09-15 Acker Norbert Karl Goods conveyor for universal vending machines
US3248079A (en) 1963-12-30 1966-04-26 Clark Equipment Co Angularly adjustable shelf bracket
CH412251A (en) 1964-01-06 1966-04-30 Gemperle Albert Display and sales shelf with dividing and feeding device
US3308961A (en) 1965-03-03 1967-03-14 Chesley Ind Inc Package display-dispenser
GB1088654A (en) 1965-05-07 1967-10-25 Stephen Arthur Jones Disposable tongs
US3339746A (en) 1965-08-16 1967-09-05 Merlin Mfg Corp Wall mounted book holder
US3405716A (en) 1967-07-03 1968-10-15 Knoll Associates Guide rod latch for card file drawer
US3452899A (en) 1967-10-24 1969-07-01 Albert C Libberton Follower advanced commodity dispenser
US3501016A (en) 1968-02-05 1970-03-17 Kenneth C Eaton Article storage apparatus
US3550979A (en) 1968-06-20 1970-12-29 Miller Herman Inc Molded card drawers and cabinets therefor
US3501019A (en) 1968-07-11 1970-03-17 Armstrong Store Fixture Corp Means for binning and banding display shelves
US3587867A (en) 1969-07-18 1971-06-28 Streater Ind Inc Base nose hook lock for display stands
DE2002720C3 (en) 1970-01-22 1979-10-04 Matthias 6619 Weiskirchen Scherer Compartment, especially for pharmacies
DE2011792A1 (en) 1970-03-12 1971-10-21 Wirz, Hans, Neuhausen, (Schweiz) Device for the detachable fastening of supports, in particular bookends, to documents
US3698568A (en) 1970-12-18 1972-10-17 Armstrong Store Fixture Corp Partition structure with adjustable end member
US3751129A (en) 1971-10-20 1973-08-07 Wright Barry Corp Card tray
US3776388A (en) 1971-12-13 1973-12-04 Ethyl Dev Corp Display tray
US3780876A (en) 1972-01-18 1973-12-25 Lear Siegler Inc Shelf divider
DE2232398C3 (en) 1972-07-01 1981-03-26 Kurt 59939 Olsberg Baumann Goods sales device for small parcels
US3814490A (en) 1972-10-12 1974-06-04 Wright Barry Corp File drawer follower block
US3832957A (en) 1972-11-03 1974-09-03 Modern Display Plastics Inc Interlocking display shelf arrangement
US4007841A (en) 1973-02-12 1977-02-15 Oscar Mayer & Co. Inc. Article display rack
US3815519A (en) 1973-03-15 1974-06-11 A Meyer Snap-on adjustable sliding clip for shelf partitions
DE2339799C3 (en) 1973-08-06 1978-11-02 Siemens Ag, 1000 Berlin Und 8000 Muenchen Arrangement for coupling an armature to the contact bridge carrier in electromagnetic switching devices
US3848745A (en) 1973-08-08 1974-11-19 J Smith Tray unit
US3868021A (en) 1973-10-09 1975-02-25 Wilhelm Heinrich Separator panel holder for display shelves
US3893739A (en) 1974-10-24 1975-07-08 Gen Motors Corp Retainer for refrigerator shelf
US3960273A (en) 1975-02-14 1976-06-01 Roy Bernard Weston Display device
US3949880A (en) 1975-02-20 1976-04-13 Henschel-Steinau, Inc. Shelf extender
US4015886A (en) 1975-11-03 1977-04-05 Wickenberg Chester H Storage bins
US4042096A (en) 1976-03-15 1977-08-16 Smith Daniel F Shelf aid
US4084703A (en) 1977-01-06 1978-04-18 Stein Industries, Inc. Refrigeration shelf
US4200201A (en) 1977-01-24 1980-04-29 Rod Pierce and Associates Machine having module with carriage for advancing row of articles
US4106668A (en) 1977-02-14 1978-08-15 Kayser-Roth Corporation Device for displaying and storing articles
FR2385365A1 (en) 1977-03-30 1978-10-27 Corjon Jean Louis Self service display sales unit for cigarettes - has packets pressure pushed forward towards opening by channel guided L-shaped packet sized weights
US4239100A (en) 1978-03-02 1980-12-16 Unarco Industries, Inc. Package flow system
US4168780A (en) 1978-03-16 1979-09-25 Engineered Products Flow rail rack
DE2816547A1 (en) 1978-04-17 1979-10-18 Delbrouck Franz Fa REMOVAL COMPARTMENT, IN PARTICULAR FOR REFRIGERATED FURNITURE
JPS54145365A (en) 1978-05-02 1979-11-13 Honda Motor Co Ltd Finish processing of valve lifter
JPS5633424Y2 (en) 1978-05-17 1981-08-07
DE2825724C3 (en) 1978-06-12 1981-05-07 Baumann, Kurt, 5787 Olsberg Device for the storage and display of parcels of goods
GB2027339B (en) 1978-07-14 1982-08-18 Corjon J L Racks for dispensing articles
CA1110923A (en) 1978-12-18 1981-10-20 Robert E. Fox Cutter wheel for tillage apparatus
US4205763A (en) 1978-12-26 1980-06-03 Marlboro Marketing, Inc. Container dispensing device
US4239099A (en) 1979-04-04 1980-12-16 The Mead Corporation Automatic forward-feed shelf
DE2915910C2 (en) 1979-04-19 1983-01-20 Display-Design GmbH für moderne Verkaufsförderungsmittel und Raumaussstattung, 6233 Kelkheim Shelf divider system
USRE30706E (en) 1979-06-13 1981-08-11 Leggett & Platt, Incorporated Display rack with improved shelf assembly
US4303162A (en) 1979-08-13 1981-12-01 The Mead Corporation Forward feed merchandising device for soft drink bottles
US4300693A (en) 1979-11-15 1981-11-17 The Mead Corporation Automatic feed device for merchandise display
US4351439A (en) 1980-03-11 1982-09-28 Leggett & Platt, Incorporated Merchandise display device
US4453641A (en) 1980-04-01 1984-06-12 Interlake, Inc. Gravity-feed storage and delivery system
US4372451A (en) 1980-06-26 1983-02-08 Interlake, Inc. Gravity-feed storage and delivery system
US4470943A (en) 1980-07-11 1984-09-11 The Mead Corporation Low friction plastic track and extrusion process
EP0047374A1 (en) 1980-08-21 1982-03-17 Hüls Aktiengesellschaft Process for preparing storage-stable ethylene-alpha-olefin-(diene) rubber powder containing parting agents
US4394910A (en) 1980-09-22 1983-07-26 Nestier Corporation Shelf for order picking systems
US4405052A (en) 1980-09-22 1983-09-20 Nestier Corporation Shelf support bracket
CH648690A5 (en) 1980-10-14 1985-03-29 Balzers Hochvakuum CATHODE ARRANGEMENT FOR SPRAYING MATERIAL FROM A TARGET IN A CATHODE SPRAYING SYSTEM.
US4397606A (en) 1980-12-11 1983-08-09 Bruton Rose L Article handling apparatus and method for restocking store shelves
US4416380A (en) 1981-05-11 1983-11-22 Paul Flum Ideas, Inc. Product merchandising rack
USD275058S (en) 1982-02-26 1984-08-14 Paul Flum Ideas, Inc. Product display rack
US4454949A (en) 1982-04-16 1984-06-19 Paul Flum Ideas, Inc. Product merchandising display unit
FR2526338B1 (en) 1982-05-06 1985-07-12 Corjon Jean Louis IMPROVEMENTS TO DEVICES FOR THE PRESENTATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF PARALLELEPIPEDIC OBJECTS
US4478337A (en) 1982-06-29 1984-10-23 Paul Flum Ideas, Inc. Adjustable shelving unit
US4482066A (en) 1982-09-24 1984-11-13 Dykstra Donald P Storage rack with an extendible shelf structure
US4463854A (en) 1983-01-17 1984-08-07 Mackenzie David D Book support assembly
DE8308485U1 (en) 1983-03-22 1983-09-08 The Howard Marlboro Group, 10018 New York, N.Y. SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION TO RECEIVE EXHIBITIONS GOODS TO BE OFFERED
JPS59218113A (en) 1983-05-26 1984-12-08 トーイン株式会社 Commodity display case
US4531311A (en) 1983-06-23 1985-07-30 Marlboro Marketing, Inc. Data information display device
US4610413A (en) 1983-07-15 1986-09-09 Cannon Equipment Company Pegbar display device
US4462854A (en) 1983-09-21 1984-07-31 William W. Holes Process and apparatus for making a multi-pocketed album page
SE436244B (en) 1983-11-18 1984-11-26 Inga Eleonora Stenberg ADJUSTABLE BATHROOM
USRE33515E (en) 1983-12-05 1991-01-08 The Mead Corporation Gravity feed display device
US4593823A (en) 1983-12-05 1986-06-10 The Mead Corporation Gravity feed display device
US4685574A (en) 1984-01-10 1987-08-11 Visual Marketing Inc. Shelf-supported expandable gravity feed system
DE8426651U1 (en) 1984-02-10 1985-02-07 Krieger, Horst, 3500 Kassel Tray for the presentation of goods packages arranged one behind the other within easy reach
US4488653A (en) 1984-03-12 1984-12-18 Paul Belokin Magnetically mounted shelf divider
US4660477A (en) 1984-08-17 1987-04-28 Haworth, Inc. Slidable work surface
US4629072A (en) 1984-12-17 1986-12-16 P.O.P. Displays, Inc. Apparatus for storing and dispensing stacked articles
US4590696A (en) 1984-12-18 1986-05-27 Frank Squitieri Display frame assembly
DE8520125U1 (en) 1985-07-12 1986-01-30 Formtechnik GmbH Spritzguss und Werkzeugbau, 6149 Fürth Shelf insert
US4651883A (en) 1985-07-29 1987-03-24 Leggett & Platt, Incorporated Gravity feed pusher merchandiser
US4688341A (en) 1985-09-04 1987-08-25 Coats & Clark, Inc. Apparatus for providing two indicators in association with goods in a store display
JPH0687820B2 (en) 1985-09-09 1994-11-09 株式会社シノベ製作所 Display shelf for products in standard containers
US4615276A (en) 1985-09-16 1986-10-07 Garabedian Aram G Shelf divider assembly
US4923070A (en) 1985-11-15 1990-05-08 The Niven Marketing Group Display and gravity dispensing apparatus
DE3540735A1 (en) 1985-11-16 1987-05-21 Henkel Kgaa DEVICE FOR PRESENTING SALES ITEMS
US4742936A (en) 1986-01-15 1988-05-10 The Display Equation, Inc. Dispensing device with numerical indicator for inventory control
JPH047614Y2 (en) 1986-06-17 1992-02-27
EP0251199B1 (en) 1986-07-01 1990-10-03 Jean Guigan Storage and distribution device for articles
US4762235A (en) 1986-07-09 1988-08-09 Sara Lee Corporation Integrated modular store fixture system and a tray and header therefor
US4706821A (en) 1986-07-17 1987-11-17 Jockey International, Inc. Merchandise display and dispensing device
JPH0824055B2 (en) 1986-07-22 1996-03-06 三菱電機株式会社 Fuel cell power generation system
US4735324A (en) 1986-09-12 1988-04-05 H. King & Associates, Ltd. Removable shelf separator and system
US4801025A (en) 1986-09-12 1989-01-31 Paul Flum Ideas, Inc. Adjustable shelf organizer units having frangible side and rear portions
US4730741A (en) 1986-10-16 1988-03-15 The Niven Marketing Group Pressure-feed tray system
US4762236A (en) 1986-10-16 1988-08-09 The Niven Marketing Group Adjustable tray dispensing apparatus
JPH088885B2 (en) 1986-10-17 1996-01-31 株式会社シノベ製作所 Display shelf for products in standard containers
US4712694A (en) 1986-11-10 1987-12-15 Rtc Industries, Inc. Display shelf organizer
US4775058A (en) 1986-12-15 1988-10-04 Jameson Pharmaceutical Corp. Display shelf organizer
BE906083A (en) 1986-12-30 1987-04-16 Promo Ct Nv Item-presentation equipment in succession - has spring component thrusting along track and against stop
US4705175A (en) 1987-02-17 1987-11-10 Sara Lee Corporation Display and pull-out tray assemblies for integrated modular store fixture system
US4771898A (en) 1987-02-17 1988-09-20 Sara Lee Corporation Display and pull-out tray assemblies for integrated modular store fixture system
DE3707410A1 (en) 1987-03-07 1988-09-15 Henkel Kgaa Sales shelving divider
DE8717386U1 (en) 1987-03-07 1988-03-03 Henkel Kgaa, 4000 Duesseldorf, De
US4944924A (en) 1987-06-11 1990-07-31 Technicon Instruments Corporation Test tube holder
US5197610A (en) 1987-06-24 1993-03-30 Leggett & Platt, Incorporated Display rack
US4809855A (en) 1987-06-24 1989-03-07 Legettt & Platt, Incorporated Display rack
FR2617385A1 (en) 1987-07-02 1989-01-06 Normandie Conditionnement Modular device for displaying and automatically dispensing articles
US4896779A (en) 1987-08-14 1990-01-30 L'oreal, S.A. Display shelf organizer
US4765493A (en) 1987-08-25 1988-08-23 The Interlake Corporation Gravity feed merchandise rack
US4836390A (en) 1987-10-15 1989-06-06 Polvere Dennis J Rack for dispensing articles
US4907707A (en) 1988-04-04 1990-03-13 Oscar Mayer Foods Corporation Merchandiser assembly
US5123546A (en) 1988-04-04 1992-06-23 Oscar Mayer Foods Corporation Merchandiser assembly
US5012936A (en) 1988-04-04 1991-05-07 Oscar Meyer Foods Corporation Merchandiser assembly
US4826115A (en) 1988-04-04 1989-05-02 Krueger, Inc. Self-locking mounting clip system
US4830201A (en) 1988-04-11 1989-05-16 Rtc Industries, Inc. Spring-urged shelf divider system
US4887737A (en) 1988-06-10 1989-12-19 Thomas A. Schutz Co., Inc. Dispensing device with sensory alert
FR2632840B1 (en) 1988-06-21 1990-11-16 Grosfillex Sarl FOLDABLE ARMCHAIR WITH MULTIPLE POSITIONS ADJUSTABLE IN BACKREST INCLINATION AND IN SEAT LEVEL
US4901869A (en) 1988-08-26 1990-02-20 Hawkinson Rodney B Merchandise display rack of variable size
SE462353B (en) 1988-09-13 1990-06-11 Svenska S C I M Ab TELLER SHOULD BE SHEET OR CORRECT INFORMATION BEARERS
US4899893A (en) 1989-02-21 1990-02-13 The Mead Corporation Adjustable space saving device
US4934645A (en) 1989-03-20 1990-06-19 Rtc Industries, Inc. Shelving assembly
US5085154A (en) 1989-05-19 1992-02-04 Marlboro Marketing, Inc. Expandable tray assembly
GB2234890B (en) 1989-07-14 1992-07-15 P M Crafts Limited Shelving systems
JPH0621405B2 (en) 1989-07-14 1994-03-23 市川漁網製造株式会社 Polyester land net and manufacturing method
US5069408A (en) 1989-07-14 1991-12-03 Knape & Vogt Manufacturing Company Shelving mount system
US4997094A (en) 1989-08-09 1991-03-05 The Mead Corporation Composite organizer shelf
US4958739A (en) 1989-08-09 1990-09-25 The Mead Corporation Composite organizer and gravity feed shelf
JPH0736523Y2 (en) 1989-11-10 1995-08-23 アサヒネオン株式会社 Product dispenser
US5197215A (en) 1989-11-24 1993-03-30 Label Plastic Holders, International, Inc. Label holder device for goods display units
US5088607A (en) 1990-03-12 1992-02-18 Sara Lee Corporation Pull-out tray assembly for an integrated modular store fixture system
US5190186A (en) 1990-04-06 1993-03-02 P.O.P. Displays, Inc. Multi-package adjustable shelf display dispenser
WO1991015141A1 (en) 1990-04-06 1991-10-17 Gerald Yablans Multi-package adjustable shelf display dispenser
FR2661324B1 (en) 1990-04-25 1994-09-16 Didier Bernardin DISPLAY OF OBJECTS IN A LINE.
JPH0423463A (en) 1990-05-18 1992-01-27 Sharp Corp Amorphous semiconductor memory
US5115920A (en) 1990-07-20 1992-05-26 The Interlake Companies, Inc. Rack
US5024336A (en) 1990-07-24 1991-06-18 The Mead Corporation Composite organizer
US5159753A (en) 1991-02-21 1992-11-03 Mechtronics Corporation Roller shelf and method of making same
US5150885A (en) 1991-04-18 1992-09-29 Nicola Leone Picket fence assembly
US5185948A (en) 1991-05-02 1993-02-16 Markson Rosenthal & Company Interactive shelf duo selector and shelf management system
US5161704A (en) 1991-12-02 1992-11-10 Southern Imperial, Inc. Shelf divider
US5203463A (en) 1991-12-09 1993-04-20 Gold Steven K Adjustable product display and dispensing unit
US5265740A (en) 1991-12-23 1993-11-30 The Winsford Corporation Adjustable storage apparatus for computer media
CA2117649A1 (en) 1992-03-04 1993-09-16 Francis Alfred Carroll Gravity feed merchandising apparatus
JPH05277023A (en) 1992-04-01 1993-10-26 Nisshin:Kk Partition for display rack
GB2266520A (en) 1992-05-01 1993-11-03 Fords Ltd Package dispenser
US5265738A (en) 1992-05-14 1993-11-30 P.O.P. Displays, Inc. Shelf display dispenser for packaged merchandise
US5295596A (en) 1992-06-05 1994-03-22 Mechtronics Corporation In-store display having variable width
JPH0638735A (en) 1992-07-22 1994-02-15 Dainippon Seiki:Kk Mic data processor in dilution test on agar plate
DE9211985U1 (en) 1992-09-05 1994-01-13 Scintilla Ag Product presentation system
JPH07260A (en) 1992-12-11 1995-01-06 Masajiro Obinata Automatic advance device for commodity
GB2289621B (en) 1992-12-30 1996-08-28 John Cotterill Micheal Linkage system
US5405193A (en) 1993-01-08 1995-04-11 Frank Mayer & Associates, Inc. Computer video game pak display cabinet
DE9300431U1 (en) 1993-01-14 1993-03-18 Bito-Lagertechnik Bittmann Gmbh, 6554 Meisenheim, De
US5413229A (en) 1993-02-03 1995-05-09 Zuberbuhler; H. Richard Shelf allocation and management system
US5390802A (en) 1993-02-12 1995-02-21 Hmg Worldwide In-Store Marketing, Inc. Shelf assembly for gondola display structure
WO1994020000A1 (en) 1993-03-09 1994-09-15 Ribeyrolles Alain Marie Rodolp Shelf with separations
US5469976A (en) 1993-04-30 1995-11-28 Burchell; James R. Shelf allocation and management system
US5397006A (en) 1993-06-22 1995-03-14 Terrell; William H. Storage tray system
US5322668A (en) 1993-07-01 1994-06-21 Eastman Kodak Company Locked bottle holder
US5427255A (en) 1993-08-03 1995-06-27 Harbor Industries, Inc. Display system
GB2281289A (en) 1993-08-26 1995-03-01 Ppe Ltd A display shelf/case divider system
GB2283407B (en) 1993-11-01 1997-10-29 Ppe Ltd Adjustable shelf assembly for merchandising display stand
US5450969A (en) 1993-11-08 1995-09-19 Gamon International, Inc. Shelving display
US5439122A (en) 1994-01-03 1995-08-08 Miller/Zell, Inc. Product display rack
US5366099A (en) 1994-02-02 1994-11-22 Consumer Promotions, Inc. Adjustable display unit
US5397016A (en) 1994-02-28 1995-03-14 Mechtronics Corporation Merchandizer for cigarette packages and the like
JPH07241227A (en) 1994-03-03 1995-09-19 Sanko Hatsujo Kk Merchandise pushing out mechanism with tape
US5450968A (en) 1994-04-28 1995-09-19 L&P Property Management Company Shelving system with adjustable width merchandise channels
GB2290077B (en) 1994-06-10 1997-11-05 Ppe Ltd Shelf product pusher
AU1595395A (en) 1994-06-15 1996-01-05 Interventional Research Technologies, Inc. Locking device for syringe or like instrument
JP3005457U (en) 1994-06-21 1994-12-20 株式会社セラタ Fixing device for rails for mounting partition plates on product display shelves
FR2724098B1 (en) 1994-09-01 1996-11-08 Media 6 Gestion ADJUSTABLE CROSS-SECTIONAL DEVICE FOR SHELVES.
US5971173A (en) 1994-09-20 1999-10-26 Southern Imperial, Inc. Shelf divider
US5570811A (en) 1994-11-01 1996-11-05 Fawn Engineering Corporation Apparatus and method for dispensing items from a vending machine
GB2297241A (en) 1995-01-12 1996-07-31 Artform Int Ltd Pressure feed device for shelves
US5749478A (en) 1995-01-26 1998-05-12 Burns Philp Food Inc. In-line gravity feed shelf system
US5582376A (en) 1995-02-15 1996-12-10 Valley Plastic Co., Inc. Store display fixture with multiple function bracket
US5586687A (en) 1995-02-16 1996-12-24 The Mead Corporation Gravity feed bottle dispensing device having a track-blocking gate mechanism
US5597150A (en) 1995-03-22 1997-01-28 Display Technologies, Inc. Pilfer-resistant peg hook assembly
USD378888S (en) 1995-03-27 1997-04-22 Sunwood AB Wine-rack
US5638963A (en) 1995-03-29 1997-06-17 Laurel Graphics & Fabrication Company Product management apparatus and method
US5634564A (en) 1995-06-13 1997-06-03 The Mead Corporation Pusher device for dispensing articles
FR2735963B3 (en) 1995-06-29 1997-08-14 Cpc France DISPLAY
US5641082A (en) 1995-07-19 1997-06-24 Rack Engineering (91) Limited Pull-out shelf support systems
WO1997008666A1 (en) 1995-08-25 1997-03-06 Matsushita Refrigeration Company Storage device in vending machine
ATE264635T1 (en) 1995-10-17 2004-05-15 Checkmate Internat Pty Ltd SHELF SYSTEM
WO1997017872A1 (en) 1995-11-13 1997-05-22 Kawajun Co., Ltd. Showcase device
US5690038B1 (en) 1995-11-13 2000-07-04 William Merit Method and apparatus for selective engagement of shelf separation structures
NL1001897C2 (en) 1995-12-14 1997-06-17 Geel Groep B V Van Mobile filing cabinet.
US5682824A (en) 1996-01-29 1997-11-04 Rtc Industries Inc. Display shelf system
JPH09238787A (en) 1996-03-08 1997-09-16 Kawajiyun Kk Merchandise display instrument
US5711432A (en) 1996-03-15 1998-01-27 Display Technologies, Inc. Pilfer-resistant peg hook assembly
US5671851A (en) 1996-05-02 1997-09-30 Gamon International, Inc. Product display apparatus
US5655670A (en) 1996-05-31 1997-08-12 Stuart Shelving Llc Clamping bookend
US5695076A (en) 1996-07-15 1997-12-09 Display Technologies, Inc. Replacement track for display rack
US5695077A (en) 1996-07-15 1997-12-09 Display Technologies, Inc. Replacement track for display rack
US5645176A (en) 1996-08-08 1997-07-08 Display Technologies, Inc. Display rack with channel front member
US5720230A (en) 1996-08-19 1998-02-24 Mansfield; Shane Sliding pull-out shelf
USD386363S (en) 1996-09-09 1997-11-18 Shahriar Dardashti Wine bottle rack
US5749616A (en) 1996-10-30 1998-05-12 Thomas Body Parts, Inc. Hose bed divider for a fire truck
DE29618870U1 (en) 1996-10-30 1996-12-12 Festo Kg Presentation device
US6189734B1 (en) 1996-11-18 2001-02-20 Rehrig Pacific Company Merchandise dispensing device
US5839588A (en) 1996-12-26 1998-11-24 Hawkinson; Terry B. Track system for feeding of product at points of sale
US5848709A (en) 1997-01-09 1998-12-15 Creative Point, Inc. Multimedia stacker rack
US5887732A (en) 1997-02-07 1999-03-30 The Interlake Companies, Inc. Rack with heavy duty rollers in back
JPH10263710A (en) 1997-03-19 1998-10-06 Amada Co Ltd Fixing device for back gage safety measures
US6963386B2 (en) 1997-03-25 2005-11-08 Magink Display Technologies, Ltd. Modular front-lit display panel
JP3250792B2 (en) 1997-06-17 2002-01-28 日本軽金属株式会社 Telescopic feet for workbench
JP3154052B2 (en) 1997-06-30 2001-04-09 中日産業株式会社 Product display shelf partitioning device
US6021908A (en) 1997-07-07 2000-02-08 Tusco Limited Partnership Extensible display shelf
US5992652A (en) 1997-07-30 1999-11-30 Newell Operating Company Refill indicator for product display and dispensing system
US5855283A (en) 1997-07-31 1999-01-05 Dci Marketing, Inc. Product display
JPH1155701A (en) 1997-08-04 1999-02-26 Hitachi Ltd Subscriber circuit
US5873473A (en) 1997-09-16 1999-02-23 Konstant Products, Inc. Release mechanism for carts, pallets or unit load storage systems
US5865324A (en) 1997-09-25 1999-02-02 Display Technologies, Inc. Roto-track display device
US5944201A (en) 1997-09-29 1999-08-31 The Proctor & Gamble Company Control movement racking system
US6554143B1 (en) 1997-10-01 2003-04-29 Display Industries, Llc. Display shelf having anti-rotation railings
US6439402B2 (en) 1997-10-01 2002-08-27 Display Industries, Llc. Display shelf insert having anti-rotation means
US6398044B1 (en) 1997-10-01 2002-06-04 Display Industries, Llc. Display shelf having anti-rotation means
US6672464B2 (en) 1997-10-01 2004-01-06 Display Industries, Llc. Display shelf track device having attaching means
US6044982A (en) 1997-10-04 2000-04-04 Stuart Shelving, Llc Lever clamp
US6142316A (en) 1997-10-08 2000-11-07 Paul Flum Ideas, Inc. Product merchandising display unit with replaceable product graphics
EP1021113A4 (en) 1997-10-10 2000-12-13 L & P Property Management Co Shelf assembly
USD402490S (en) 1997-11-07 1998-12-15 The Mead Corporation Merchandising display channel front
US6142317A (en) 1997-11-12 2000-11-07 Merl; Milton J. Gravity feed shelving system with track and pusher
US5970887A (en) 1997-11-13 1999-10-26 Rtc Industries, Inc. Anti-racking pull-out shelf
AU732458B2 (en) 1997-11-13 2001-04-26 Rtc Europe Limited Universal category management shelf system
US6041720A (en) 1997-11-13 2000-03-28 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system
US6053338A (en) 1997-11-25 2000-04-25 Rxtra, Inc. Adjustable health improvement device for modifying a daily behavior by reminding a person to take medication
JP4042930B2 (en) 1998-06-23 2008-02-06 河淳株式会社 Product display unit
DE69833810T2 (en) 1997-11-28 2006-08-31 Kawajun Co. Ltd. Display rack for goods
JP4042931B2 (en) 1998-06-23 2008-02-06 河淳株式会社 Product display unit
USRE38517E1 (en) 1998-01-14 2004-05-18 Unex Conveying Systems Inc. Universal flow track system
US5975318A (en) 1998-02-13 1999-11-02 Display Technologies, Inc. Display shelf assembly and bracket useful therein
US5904256A (en) 1998-02-13 1999-05-18 Display Technologies, Inc. Offset locking device for display channels
USD405632S (en) 1998-02-17 1999-02-16 The Mead Corporation Merchandising display channel front
DE29803318U1 (en) 1998-02-25 1998-05-14 Yeh Kuo Huei Sales shelf for clothing
JP3743153B2 (en) 1998-02-26 2006-02-08 富士電機リテイルシステムズ株式会社 Merchandise storage and dispensing device for vending machines
US6062399A (en) 1998-04-16 2000-05-16 Hmg Worldwide In-Store Marketing, Inc. Merchandise display system configurable for installation on a variety of merchandise display frames
US6026984A (en) 1998-04-23 2000-02-22 Mechtronics Corporation Display carousel
US6082556A (en) 1998-05-07 2000-07-04 Display Industries Llc Merchandising display track device having attached front wall
JPH11313737A (en) 1998-05-07 1999-11-16 Kawajun Kk Commodity partition plate for displaying shelf
US6129218A (en) 1998-05-11 2000-10-10 Target Brands, Inc. Merchandise display system
JP4121099B2 (en) 1998-06-03 2008-07-16 河淳株式会社 Product display unit
JPH11346879A (en) 1998-06-05 1999-12-21 Kawajun Kk Commodity display shelf
JP4151809B2 (en) 1998-06-23 2008-09-17 河淳株式会社 Product display unit
JP3115289B2 (en) 1998-08-04 2000-12-04 山陰建設工業株式会社 Plant pathogen control agent using chitinase
JP4169225B2 (en) 1998-08-07 2008-10-22 河淳株式会社 Product display
FR2783144B1 (en) 1998-09-15 2000-12-01 Financ Internationale Sitour F PUSH-BUTTON DEVICE FOR PRESENTING ARTICLES ON A SHELF
US6305559B1 (en) 1998-09-15 2001-10-23 Rtc Industries, Inc Product organizer
US6571498B1 (en) 1998-09-16 2003-06-03 Issac Cyrluk Shelf-front assembly for labeling and retaining products
JP4189978B2 (en) 1998-10-27 2008-12-03 河淳株式会社 Product display
JP2000157378A (en) 1998-11-30 2000-06-13 Fuji Electric Co Ltd Product exhibit rack device for showcase
JP2000172193A (en) 1998-12-08 2000-06-23 Fujitsu Ltd Matrix display device, its manufacture and head for thermal press-bonding connection
JP2000217675A (en) 1999-01-28 2000-08-08 Kawajun Kk Goods partition for display shelf
US6357606B1 (en) 1999-02-02 2002-03-19 Hmg Worldwide In-Store Marketing, Inc. Modular self-adjusting merchandise display system
DE29902688U1 (en) 1999-02-16 1999-07-08 Voshenrich Product presentation system
USD445615S1 (en) 1999-02-23 2001-07-31 Burke Display Systems, Inc. Slide member
JP3635623B2 (en) 1999-03-11 2005-04-06 河淳株式会社 Product display unit
JP4293394B2 (en) 1999-04-01 2009-07-08 河淳株式会社 Product display
JP2000287791A (en) 1999-04-05 2000-10-17 Kawajun Kk Merchandise forward feeding display tool
JP2000287795A (en) 1999-04-05 2000-10-17 Kawajun Kk Merchandise forward feeding display tool and merchandise forward feeding display unit
US6290074B1 (en) 1999-05-24 2001-09-18 Rtc Industries, Inc. Storage and display rack and shelf therefor
US6068142A (en) 1999-05-27 2000-05-30 Display Industries, Llc Front panel for a display rack
JP4397067B2 (en) 1999-06-10 2010-01-13 河淳株式会社 Product display
US6659293B1 (en) 1999-07-07 2003-12-09 Odwalla, Inc. Pull-out shelf stocking system
JP2001037600A (en) 1999-07-27 2001-02-13 Kawajun Kk Merchandise display unit
US6330758B1 (en) 1999-08-09 2001-12-18 Display Technologies, Inc. Electronic article surveillance tag for eyeglasses and a method for attaching the electronic article surveillance tag to a pair of eyeglasses
US6311852B1 (en) 1999-08-23 2001-11-06 Darko Company, Inc. Merchandising fixture and shelf divider system therefor
US6889854B2 (en) 1999-08-24 2005-05-10 Burke Display Systems, Inc. Snap-fit adjustable display system
SE521374C2 (en) 1999-09-09 2003-10-28 Hl Display Ab Pull-out shelf
US6164462A (en) 1999-09-28 2000-12-26 L&P Property Management Company Pull-out gravity feed shelf
JP2001104117A (en) 1999-10-08 2001-04-17 Sanyo Electric Co Ltd Open showcase
US6308839B1 (en) 1999-10-21 2001-10-30 Richard Steinberg Media storage rack
US6227385B1 (en) 1999-12-03 2001-05-08 Dci Marketing, Inc. Shelf tray system
US6237784B1 (en) 1999-12-06 2001-05-29 Display Industries, Llc. Label orienting display rack
US20050133471A1 (en) 1999-12-08 2005-06-23 Squitieri Anthony C. Glide with product stops
US7083054B2 (en) 2000-12-08 2006-08-01 Display Technologies, Inc. Retail display unit
US6347710B1 (en) 1999-12-13 2002-02-19 Pitney Bowes Inc. Storage rack for storing sorted mailpieces
GB9929911D0 (en) 1999-12-18 2000-02-09 Artform Int Ltd Product pusher
US6929133B1 (en) 2000-01-10 2005-08-16 Mechtronics Corporation Display system and methods
JP2001197978A (en) 2000-01-24 2001-07-24 Kawajun Kk Partition plate for displaying commodities
WO2001054078A2 (en) 2000-01-24 2001-07-26 Wincor Nixdorf Gmbh & Co. Kg Cash dispenser
JP2001240225A (en) 2000-02-29 2001-09-04 Kid:Kk Method and device for installing roller in display rack or the like
US6382431B1 (en) 2000-03-03 2002-05-07 Burke Display Systems, Inc. Shelf management system
US6401942B1 (en) 2000-03-06 2002-06-11 Michael P. Eckert Transformable display and holding device
US6471081B1 (en) 2000-04-20 2002-10-29 Raywood C. Weiler Adjustable bookend
WO2003074396A1 (en) 2002-03-04 2003-09-12 Alexandre Maldonado Adjustable push forward dispensing mechanism
GB0013698D0 (en) 2000-06-06 2000-07-26 Artform Int Ltd Display Assembly
US6394470B1 (en) 2000-06-28 2002-05-28 Kawajun Co. Ltd. Stock cart
US6389991B1 (en) 2000-07-19 2002-05-21 ALBUMS DF LTéE Display device
EP1174060A1 (en) 2000-07-21 2002-01-23 Warner-Lambert Company Product carrier tray with support member
US6375015B1 (en) 2000-07-27 2002-04-23 Chicago Show Shelving system and display unit therefor
JP4656704B2 (en) 2000-08-22 2011-03-23 河淳株式会社 Product display support stand
JP4708539B2 (en) 2000-08-25 2011-06-22 株式会社岡村製作所 Front stopper device for shelf boards in merchandise display shelves
JP2001078860A (en) 2000-08-30 2001-03-27 Kawajun Kk Merchandise exhibition unit
US6428123B1 (en) 2000-11-15 2002-08-06 Midwest Quality Gloves, Inc. Product display
US6435359B1 (en) 2000-11-22 2002-08-20 Display Industries, Llc. Beverage display tray
US6471053B1 (en) 2000-12-13 2002-10-29 Display Technologies, Inc. Display and storage device
BE1013877A6 (en) 2000-12-18 2002-11-05 Deltenre Nathalie Wall or floor mounted cabinet for storage and display of compact disk, video disk and similar size objects
US6481133B1 (en) 2001-03-19 2002-11-19 Henschel-Steinau, Inc. Shelf product management and information display
US6474484B1 (en) 2001-03-21 2002-11-05 Paul Flum Ideas, Inc. Inventory control system for walk-in display coolers and the like
US6726039B2 (en) 2001-03-21 2004-04-27 Paul Flum Ideas, Inc. Inventory control system for walk-in display coolers and the like
JP4662647B2 (en) 2001-03-30 2011-03-30 シャープ株式会社 Display device and manufacturing method thereof
US7140705B2 (en) 2001-04-09 2006-11-28 Russ Bassett Corporation Infinitely adjustable module row divider for a cabinet drawer
US20020148794A1 (en) 2001-04-11 2002-10-17 Marihugh Daniel W. Merchandise display tray with spring-loaded pusher plate
US7124898B2 (en) 2001-04-26 2006-10-24 Dci Marketing, Inc. Merchandising system
US6886699B2 (en) 2001-10-15 2005-05-03 Dci Marketing, Inc. Merchandising system
US20050189310A1 (en) 2001-04-26 2005-09-01 Dci Marketing, Inc. Merchandising system
US20080011696A1 (en) 2001-04-26 2008-01-17 Richter Gary M Merchandising and product display system
EP1453402A2 (en) 2001-04-26 2004-09-08 DCI Marketing, Inc. Merchandising system
WO2006019947A2 (en) 2004-07-16 2006-02-23 Dci Marketing, Inc. Merchandising system
US20080156752A1 (en) 2001-04-26 2008-07-03 Dci Marketing, Inc. Merchandising System
US6464089B1 (en) 2001-05-11 2002-10-15 Vulcan Spring & Manufacturing Company Adjustable spring-driven pusher device for a merchandise dispenser
US7028450B2 (en) 2001-05-14 2006-04-18 F.R. Drake Company System and method of processing and packing disk-like objects
US7104026B2 (en) 2001-05-14 2006-09-12 F.R. Drake Company Apparatus for packing
US7152536B2 (en) 2004-02-03 2006-12-26 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system
US8627965B2 (en) 2001-05-17 2014-01-14 Rtc Industries, Inc. Multi-component display and merchandise systems
MXPA03010512A (en) 2001-05-17 2005-03-07 Rtc Ind Inc Product management display system.
US7931156B2 (en) 2001-05-17 2011-04-26 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system with retaining wall
US8096427B2 (en) 2002-05-17 2012-01-17 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system
US6419100B1 (en) 2001-05-23 2002-07-16 Display Technologies, Llc Display unit with snap-in bottom cover
US6527129B2 (en) 2001-05-30 2003-03-04 Kawajun Co., Ltd. Commodity display board
NL1018330C2 (en) 2001-06-19 2002-05-17 Storandc B V Storage and display system for media carrier sleeves, has sleeves stored in swing arms individually mounted in wall brackets
US6405880B1 (en) 2001-07-02 2002-06-18 Rtc Industries, Inc. Rack merchandising system
ATE339134T1 (en) 2001-07-09 2006-10-15 Kleerex Patents Ltd SHELF MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
US6527127B2 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-03-04 Tablex Inc. Universal shelving
MXPA04001276A (en) 2001-08-10 2004-05-27 Mechtronics Corp Pusher-type display system.
US6758349B1 (en) 2001-08-10 2004-07-06 Mechtronics Corporation Tray holding display system
US6505747B1 (en) 2001-08-20 2003-01-14 Display Industries, Llc Bottle display device with stackable modules
US20030057167A1 (en) 2001-09-19 2003-03-27 Dci Marketing, Inc. Merchandising system
US6523702B1 (en) 2001-10-31 2003-02-25 Display Industries, Llc Inclined merchandising display track device
US6779670B2 (en) 2001-10-31 2004-08-24 Display Industries, Llc. Merchandising display track device
US6622874B1 (en) 2001-11-13 2003-09-23 Terry Hawkinson Apparatus and method for holding and feeding product
US6860046B1 (en) 2001-11-21 2005-03-01 Mechtronics Corporation Shelf glide divider gauge and method
US6889855B2 (en) 2001-12-17 2005-05-10 Trion Industries, Inc. Product pusher for merchandise displays
US6769552B1 (en) 2001-12-17 2004-08-03 Trion Industries, Inc. Product pusher
JP3871932B2 (en) 2001-12-28 2007-01-24 シャープ株式会社 Display device and backlight device
JP2003195781A (en) 2001-12-28 2003-07-09 Fujitsu Display Technologies Corp Display device
US6874646B2 (en) 2002-01-14 2005-04-05 Display Technologies, Llc Depth-extendable display track unit
JP3854868B2 (en) 2002-01-21 2006-12-06 サンデン株式会社 Showcase rack equipment
JP2003210286A (en) 2002-01-22 2003-07-29 Takahara:Kk Goods storage tool and goods storage shelf
EP1515631A2 (en) 2002-02-21 2005-03-23 Engel Zackary Shelving system
JP2003250674A (en) 2002-02-28 2003-09-09 Sanden Corp Shelf device of show case
GB0205302D0 (en) 2002-03-06 2002-04-17 Gillette Co Product dispensers
US6722509B1 (en) 2002-10-31 2004-04-20 Display Industries, Llc. Display track device with front panels and top stop members
US6702127B2 (en) 2002-03-11 2004-03-09 Display Industries, Llc. Display track device with anti-torsion front cylinder
US6604638B1 (en) 2002-03-11 2003-08-12 Display Industries, Llc. Merchandising display track device with bottle ramp
US6666533B1 (en) 2002-03-26 2003-12-23 Roseanne Stavros Drawer organizer
AU2003231059A1 (en) 2002-04-24 2003-11-10 Mechtronics Corporation, A Corporation Of The State Of New York beverage container display
US7151195B2 (en) 2002-05-02 2006-12-19 Bayer Cropscience Lp Phthalamide derivative, agricultural or horticultural insecticide, and method of use thereof
US20050072747A1 (en) 2002-05-10 2005-04-07 Roslof James P. Merchandising system
US6637604B1 (en) 2002-05-23 2003-10-28 Display Technologies, Llc Dispensing tray with drop product rotation
US7007614B2 (en) 2002-05-31 2006-03-07 Rubbermaid Incorporated Expandable shelf
US6786341B2 (en) 2002-07-09 2004-09-07 Harold K. Stinnett Article dispensing apparatus
US6679389B1 (en) 2002-07-29 2004-01-20 Display Industries, Llc Front piece for a merchandising display track device
US6715621B2 (en) 2002-08-01 2004-04-06 Paul Flum Ideas, Inc. Product merchandising display unit with pull through front wall members
US7168579B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2007-01-30 Dci Marketing, Inc. Merchandising system
GB2392667B (en) 2002-09-07 2004-11-03 Nigel Francis Gamble Pusher apparatus for merchandise
US6820754B2 (en) 2002-10-03 2004-11-23 Precision Wire Racks & Carts, Inc. Product feed apparatus and method for shelf unit
JP3932534B2 (en) 2002-10-04 2007-06-20 株式会社ケイ・アイ・ディー Display shelf device with automatic movement force applied to articles
US6745905B2 (en) 2002-10-31 2004-06-08 Display Industries, Llc. Ventilated tray for refrigerator beverage packages
US7104410B2 (en) 2002-10-31 2006-09-12 Display Industries, Llc. Display track device with anti-torsion bar
US6695152B1 (en) 2002-11-05 2004-02-24 Display Industries, Llc. Merchandising display track device
US7289634B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2007-10-30 Zargis Medical Corporation Electronic stethoscope measurement system and method
USD485699S1 (en) 2002-11-18 2004-01-27 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Paddle for a shelf system
US8496126B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2013-07-30 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Shelving system
US6766911B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2004-07-27 Display Industries, Llc. Label orienting merchandising display device and bottle
US20040117889A1 (en) 2002-12-20 2004-06-24 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Method of selecting or identifying a surgical gown
US7140499B2 (en) 2002-12-23 2006-11-28 Burke Display Systems, Inc. Forward feeding modular display rack for rounded articles
US20130062295A1 (en) 2003-01-21 2013-03-14 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Track and divider assembly
US6739461B1 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-05-25 Isadore W. Robinson Adjustable merchandise display apparatus
US7337730B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2008-03-04 Gemtron Corporation Vertically adjustable shelves and refrigerator compartment housing the same
CA2457568A1 (en) 2003-02-12 2004-08-12 B-O-F Corporation Method and apparatus for converting gondola shelf to gravity feed shelf
US6824009B2 (en) 2003-02-26 2004-11-30 Rtc Industries, Inc. Merchandise self-facing system with interlocking pushers
US7311211B2 (en) 2003-03-17 2007-12-25 Custom Shelving Solutions Ltd. Stock shelving system
US7040494B2 (en) 2003-03-17 2006-05-09 Custom Shelving Solutions Ltd. Stock shelving system
US20050098515A1 (en) 2003-03-18 2005-05-12 Close James G. System and method for product display, arrangement and rotation
US20050076817A1 (en) 2003-04-04 2005-04-14 Knape & Vogt Manufacturing Company Lazy susan with pull-out shelving
SE526701C2 (en) 2003-04-25 2005-10-25 Hl Display Ab System for fixing accessories on a shelf
US6981597B2 (en) 2003-05-22 2006-01-03 Cash James M Storage unit and system
EP1624779A4 (en) 2003-05-22 2008-01-23 Dci Marketing Inc Merchandising system
US6923330B1 (en) 2003-06-27 2005-08-02 Trion Industries, Inc. Pull strip actuated pusher for merchandise displays
JP3099639U (en) 2003-08-01 2004-04-15 劉 文環 Display shelf partitioning device
US20050040123A1 (en) 2003-08-22 2005-02-24 Ala Ali Inventory control system
PL206456B1 (en) 2003-09-01 2010-08-31 Mars Polska Spo & Lstrok Ka Z Device designed to shift goods over exhibition areas
US7229143B2 (en) 2003-09-25 2007-06-12 Maytag Corporation Refrigerator shelf retainer assembly
US6964344B1 (en) 2003-09-26 2005-11-15 Kim Chang S Display tray and rack assembly
US6955269B2 (en) 2003-10-13 2005-10-18 Display Technologies, Llc Weighted pusher
US7641057B2 (en) 2003-10-14 2010-01-05 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Adjustable shelving system
US7216770B2 (en) 2003-10-14 2007-05-15 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Adjustable shelving system
US8215520B2 (en) 2003-10-17 2012-07-10 Rock-Tenn Shared Services, Llc Secure merchandising system
US8190289B2 (en) 2003-10-17 2012-05-29 Rock-Tenn Shared Services, Llc Dispensing and display system
US8485391B2 (en) 2003-10-17 2013-07-16 Rock-Tenn Shared Services, Llc Theft deterrent system
USD519309S1 (en) 2003-10-20 2006-04-25 Kawajun Co., Ltd. Goods display tray
USD530117S1 (en) 2003-11-27 2006-10-17 Kawajun Co., Ltd. Goods display stand
USD524576S1 (en) 2003-11-27 2006-07-11 Kawajun Co., Ltd. Goods display stand
JP4514099B2 (en) 2003-11-27 2010-07-28 河淳株式会社 Product display stand
USD508350S1 (en) 2003-12-04 2005-08-16 Kawajun Co., Ltd Goods display stand
USD506623S1 (en) 2003-12-04 2005-06-28 Kawajun Co., Ltd Goods display stand
US20050139561A1 (en) 2003-12-15 2005-06-30 Kawajun Co., Ltd Step-like display stand
US7293663B2 (en) 2003-12-29 2007-11-13 United Video Properties, Inc. Self-advancing literature display rack
US20050150847A1 (en) 2004-01-12 2005-07-14 Hawkinson Rodney B. Adjustable divider base for a display rack
US6918495B1 (en) 2004-01-29 2005-07-19 Michael W. Hoy Toothbrush holder
US7086541B2 (en) 2004-02-02 2006-08-08 Display Industries, Llc Flexible front merchandising display device
US8235222B2 (en) 2004-02-03 2012-08-07 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product securement and management system
US8047385B2 (en) 2004-02-03 2011-11-01 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product securement and management system
US9375100B2 (en) 2004-02-03 2016-06-28 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product securement and management system
US7150365B2 (en) 2004-02-03 2006-12-19 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product securement and management system
US7661545B2 (en) 2004-02-03 2010-02-16 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product securement and management system
US7404494B2 (en) 2004-02-03 2008-07-29 Rtc Industries, Inc. Kinetic inertial delivery system
US8113601B2 (en) 2004-02-03 2012-02-14 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product securement and management system
US7621409B2 (en) 2004-02-03 2009-11-24 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product securement and management system
US9706857B2 (en) 2004-02-03 2017-07-18 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product securement and management system
US7451881B2 (en) 2004-02-03 2008-11-18 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product securement and management system
US20050199565A1 (en) 2004-03-11 2005-09-15 Dci Marketing, Inc. Merchandising system
US20050199564A1 (en) 2004-03-11 2005-09-15 Dci Marketing, Inc. Merchandising system
US20050199563A1 (en) 2004-03-12 2005-09-15 Richter Gary M. Merchandising system
JP2005270419A (en) 2004-03-25 2005-10-06 Sanden Corp Merchandise mounting base
JP2005270416A (en) 2004-03-25 2005-10-06 Sanden Corp Merchandise mounting base
US20050224437A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2005-10-13 Lee Jung K Shelf display device
US7306301B2 (en) 2004-07-01 2007-12-11 Rev-A-Shelf Company, Llc Laterally stabilizing drawer slide for tall cupboard pull-out
KR100635336B1 (en) 2004-08-13 2006-10-18 표성호 Beverage Display Drawer
JP4999159B2 (en) 2004-09-03 2012-08-15 河淳株式会社 Product automatic advancement tool
WO2006028246A1 (en) 2004-09-07 2006-03-16 Kawajun Co., Ltd. Automatic merchandise advancing device
US20060049125A1 (en) 2004-09-08 2006-03-09 The October Company, Inc. Removable space divider
USD520776S1 (en) 2004-10-06 2006-05-16 Dci Marketing, Inc. Merchandising system
US7318532B1 (en) 2004-10-19 2008-01-15 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Slam latch for rackmount rail
US7506769B2 (en) 2004-12-07 2009-03-24 Howerton Gary N Pusher-type display system
GB0427835D0 (en) 2004-12-20 2005-01-19 Artform Internat Ltd Product display
FR2880524B1 (en) 2005-01-12 2007-03-30 Joalpe Ind De Expositores Sa DEVICE FOR THE DISTRIBUTION OF AT LEAST ONE PRESENTATION ACCESSORY AT AN EXPOSURE SURFACE OF GOODS
US7347335B2 (en) 2005-01-21 2008-03-25 Vulcan Spring & Manufacturing Company Pusher assembly, merchandise dispenser and method of dispensing merchandise
US7395938B2 (en) 2005-02-18 2008-07-08 Jo A. Merit Method and apparatus for selective engagement of shelf divider structures within a shelf management system
US20060186065A1 (en) 2005-02-19 2006-08-24 Ciesick James M Telescoping display rack
US7665618B2 (en) 2005-03-01 2010-02-23 Richard Jay Product dispenser track assembly
US7108143B1 (en) 2005-03-11 2006-09-19 Ruei-Hsing Lin Sliding rail assembly for wire basket
KR101176865B1 (en) 2005-03-25 2012-08-23 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator for storing drinks
US7626913B2 (en) 2005-03-31 2009-12-01 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Optical information recording method, optical information recording apparatus and optical information recording medium
US8353425B2 (en) 2005-04-25 2013-01-15 Rock-Tenn Shared Services, Llc Time delay product pushing system
US7828158B2 (en) 2005-07-14 2010-11-09 Displays Plus, Inc. Merchandise dispensing apparatus providing theft deterrence
JP3115812U (en) 2005-08-15 2005-11-17 河淳株式会社 Product divider
US8863963B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2014-10-21 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system with trackless pusher mechanism
US9265358B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2016-02-23 RTC Industries, Incorporated Product management display system
US9060624B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2015-06-23 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system with rail mounting clip
US7823734B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2010-11-02 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system with trackless pusher mechanism
US9138075B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2015-09-22 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system
US9173504B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2015-11-03 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system
US9265362B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2016-02-23 RTC Industries, Incorporated Product management display system
US8453850B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2013-06-04 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system with trackless pusher mechanism
US8312999B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2012-11-20 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system with trackless pusher mechanism
US9259102B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2016-02-16 RTC Industries, Incorporated Product management display system with trackless pusher mechanism
US9486088B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2016-11-08 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system
US8978904B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2015-03-17 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system with trackless pusher mechanism
US8739984B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2014-06-03 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system with trackless pusher mechanism
US9232864B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2016-01-12 RTC Industries, Incorporated Product management display system with trackless pusher mechanism
US8322544B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2012-12-04 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system with trackless pusher mechanism
US7419062B2 (en) 2005-10-12 2008-09-02 New Dimensions Research Corporation Shelf unit
US7497342B2 (en) 2005-10-25 2009-03-03 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system
US7628282B2 (en) 2005-10-25 2009-12-08 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system
US20070108142A1 (en) 2005-11-17 2007-05-17 Excell Produts, Inc. Merchandise display rack
US7681743B2 (en) 2005-11-29 2010-03-23 Source 1 Displays, a division of Fortune Resources Beverage container shelf management system
US20070138114A1 (en) 2005-12-20 2007-06-21 Tablex Inc. Shelf tray assembly
RU2405401C2 (en) 2005-12-22 2010-12-10 ЭйчЭл Дисплей АБ Device for fixing accessories to shelves
US7703614B2 (en) 2006-01-27 2010-04-27 Display Technologies Product display tray
US8104630B2 (en) 2006-01-27 2012-01-31 Display Technologies Shelf divider
US8177076B2 (en) 2006-02-16 2012-05-15 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Merchandising system
US7971735B2 (en) 2006-02-16 2011-07-05 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Merchandising system
US8579123B2 (en) 2006-02-16 2013-11-12 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Merchandising system
US7357469B2 (en) 2006-03-28 2008-04-15 Whirlpool Corporation Article retainer assembly for refrigerators
US7198340B1 (en) 2006-03-28 2007-04-03 Maytag Corporation Article retainer assembly for refrigerators
US8267261B2 (en) 2006-04-07 2012-09-18 Vanderhoek Wiebe S Rack for transportation and display of plants
US20070256992A1 (en) 2006-05-04 2007-11-08 Carl Olson Shelf divider system
US8113360B2 (en) 2006-05-04 2012-02-14 Carl Olson Product shelf divider system and method
NO324915B1 (en) 2006-05-16 2008-01-07 Elkop As Device at showcase for goods
JP2007307244A (en) 2006-05-19 2007-11-29 Spin:Kk Merchandise display apparatus
US7424957B1 (en) 2006-05-24 2008-09-16 Henschel-Steinau, Inc. Front-loading display and dispensing apparatus
US8225946B2 (en) 2006-06-29 2012-07-24 Simplehuman, Llc Shelving system
US7614350B2 (en) 2006-10-05 2009-11-10 Haworth, Inc. Wall-mounted shelf unit
US8056734B2 (en) 2006-10-23 2011-11-15 Rtc Industries, Inc. Merchandising system with flippable column and/or item stop
US8162154B2 (en) 2006-11-28 2012-04-24 True Manufacturing Co., Inc. Shelf organizer with glide strip
US8622227B2 (en) 2007-01-16 2014-01-07 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Merchandise security system
US8152006B2 (en) 2007-01-16 2012-04-10 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Merchandise security system
USD556031S1 (en) 2007-01-31 2007-11-27 Dci Marketing, Inc. Product hanger
USD564865S1 (en) 2007-01-31 2008-03-25 Dci Marketing, Inc. Product grid hook
US8424466B2 (en) 2007-01-31 2013-04-23 Kirk J. Botkin Shelving systems and components therefor
US7918353B1 (en) 2007-02-20 2011-04-05 Henschel-Steinau, Inc. Display and dispensing apparatus
US7438268B2 (en) 2007-02-27 2008-10-21 Trion Industries, Inc. Display bar assembly for merchandising displays
WO2008153561A1 (en) 2007-06-08 2008-12-18 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system with trackless pusher mechanism
US20090039040A1 (en) 2007-08-10 2009-02-12 Johnson Terry J Product Display System for Packaged Products and Method of Use Thereof
WO2009042838A2 (en) 2007-09-27 2009-04-02 Shelf Advance, Inc. Space saving manual shelf management system
US9198527B2 (en) 2007-09-27 2015-12-01 William R. Goehring Space saving manual shelf management system
US7980398B2 (en) 2008-03-10 2011-07-19 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Theft deterrent can dispenser
USD632907S1 (en) 2008-03-20 2011-02-22 Mccormick & Company, Incorporated Merchandiser rack
WO2009117699A2 (en) 2008-03-21 2009-09-24 American Gasket Technologies, Inc. Merchandise display and pusher device
US7854333B2 (en) 2008-05-07 2010-12-21 Dci Marketing, Inc. Rear loading gate for merchandising system
US20100116760A1 (en) 2008-06-18 2010-05-13 Huilin Min Fazzone Modular shelving and methods for displaying retail products
US20100059469A1 (en) 2008-09-05 2010-03-11 Jeffrey Mason Display device with slow product advancing mechanism
US8276766B2 (en) 2008-10-09 2012-10-02 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Adjustable depth merchandising apparatus
MY163959A (en) 2008-12-24 2017-11-15 Global Procurement Solutions Pty Ltd A shelving system
USD615389S1 (en) 2008-12-24 2010-05-11 Kawajun Co., Ltd. Support for an assembling shelf
KR101052635B1 (en) 2008-12-24 2011-07-28 가와준 가부시키가이샤 Assembling shelf
US20100206829A1 (en) 2009-02-13 2010-08-19 L&P Property Management Company Product display
US8561817B1 (en) 2009-02-26 2013-10-22 POP Displays USA LLC Winged pusher
US8172094B2 (en) 2009-04-08 2012-05-08 Target Brands, Inc. Product display system
USD615390S1 (en) 2009-06-24 2010-05-11 Kawajun Co., Ltd. Support for an assembling shelf
US9119488B2 (en) 2009-09-25 2015-09-01 Rock-Tenn Shared Services, Llc Secure merchandising display with blocker mechanisms
DE202009013581U1 (en) 2009-10-08 2010-03-11 Oechsle Display Systeme Gmbh Warentrenn- and feed system, especially for shelves, sales stands and the like.
US8317038B2 (en) 2009-11-05 2012-11-27 Henschel-Steinau, Inc. Modular display and dispensing apparatus with plural dispensing tiers
US20110147323A1 (en) 2009-12-21 2011-06-23 Sainato Anthony V System and Method for Displaying and Dispensing Merchandise Articles of Selected Dimensions
KR101677788B1 (en) 2010-02-04 2016-11-18 가와준 가부시키가이샤 Coupling member, and assembled rack provided with same
US8800811B2 (en) 2010-03-10 2014-08-12 Southern Imperial, Inc. Product dispensing system
US8646650B2 (en) 2010-05-19 2014-02-11 Rock-Tenn Shared Services, Llc Product dispensing system
EP2598001B1 (en) 2010-07-30 2017-07-19 RTC Industries, Inc. Product securement and management system
EP2425742B1 (en) 2010-09-03 2012-11-07 Rickard Nilsson Retrofitting system for shelf levels
WO2012054971A1 (en) 2010-10-26 2012-05-03 Checkmate International Pty Ltd Shelf divider system
US9016483B2 (en) 2010-11-12 2015-04-28 Frito-Lay North America, Inc. Dual plane self-adjusting shelf
US8820545B2 (en) 2011-02-17 2014-09-02 Trion Industries, Inc. Position lock for product display rack
DE102011051857B3 (en) 2011-07-15 2012-10-18 Dirk A. Brügmann Kunststoff-Verarbeitung GmbH & Co. Kommanditgesellschaft Goods feed insert for a goods feed system
DE102011052167B3 (en) 2011-07-27 2013-01-03 Dirk A. Brügmann Kunststoff-Verarbeitung GmbH & Co. Kommanditgesellschaft Product output device
CA3018287C (en) 2011-09-02 2020-12-15 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system
EP2750554B1 (en) 2011-09-02 2016-11-23 RTC Industries, Inc. Product management display system
EP2570050A1 (en) 2011-09-16 2013-03-20 Rickard Nilsson Goods partition for shelves
US8695816B2 (en) 2011-10-25 2014-04-15 Edsal Manufacturing Co., Inc. Dual function shelf unit
US9254049B2 (en) 2011-11-03 2016-02-09 Southern Imperial, Inc. Anti-sweeping tray
US8720702B2 (en) 2011-11-03 2014-05-13 Southern Imperial, Inc. Merchandise pusher tray with adjustable side barriers
US8752717B2 (en) 2012-04-12 2014-06-17 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Base and divider assembly
KR101323359B1 (en) * 2012-05-07 2013-11-01 최용석 Portable bookshelf
US9360196B2 (en) 2012-06-15 2016-06-07 Rtc Industries, Inc. Low voltage power supply for a merchandise display system
US9416025B2 (en) 2012-10-05 2016-08-16 SafeSIPP, LLC Water treatment and conveyance apparatus
KR101389747B1 (en) 2013-04-09 2014-05-27 세대산전 주식회사 Display of good shelf
US9642475B2 (en) 2013-04-12 2017-05-09 Marketing Impact Limited Hanging product divider and pusher systems and methods for dividing, pushing and/or dispensing one or more retail products
DE102013104023B4 (en) 2013-04-22 2015-05-21 POS TUNING Udo Voßhenrich GmbH & Co. KG Device for feeding goods
DE202013102529U1 (en) 2013-06-12 2013-06-19 POS TUNING Udo Voßhenrich GmbH & Co. KG Device for feeding goods
JP6202945B2 (en) 2013-08-28 2017-09-27 シャープ株式会社 Washing machine
NL2011595C2 (en) 2013-10-11 2015-04-14 Walter Holding B V SHEEP SYSTEM.
USD801734S1 (en) 2014-12-01 2017-11-07 Retail Space Solutions Llc Shelf management parts
US10154739B2 (en) 2013-12-02 2018-12-18 Retail Space Solutions Llc Universal merchandiser and methods relating to same
US20150150387A1 (en) 2013-12-02 2015-06-04 Dci Marketing, Inc. Basket Product Display And Related Methods
USD810477S1 (en) 2014-05-13 2018-02-20 Reatil Space Solutions LLC Basket display parts
US9861211B2 (en) 2014-06-16 2018-01-09 Presence From Innovation, Llc Product merchandising system
DE202014102771U1 (en) 2014-06-16 2014-06-26 POS TUNING Udo Voßhenrich GmbH & Co. KG Sliding plate for a sales shelf
US9538860B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2017-01-10 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Selectively locking merchandising member
DE102014116286A1 (en) 2014-11-07 2016-05-12 POS TUNING Udo Voßhenrich GmbH & Co. KG Device for the presentation of goods
EP3053488B1 (en) 2015-02-06 2020-09-30 Hl Display Ab System for fixation of shelf accessories to a shelf
US9955802B2 (en) 2015-04-08 2018-05-01 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Divider with selectively securable track assembly
US9770121B2 (en) 2015-04-08 2017-09-26 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Selectively locking merchandising member
WO2017015466A1 (en) 2015-07-23 2017-01-26 Dci Marketing, Inc. Merchandiser and methods relating to same
EP3331406A4 (en) 2015-08-06 2019-03-13 Display Technologies, LLC Product display assembly
USD812945S1 (en) 2016-02-09 2018-03-20 Retail Space Solutions Llc Shelf components
US10314412B2 (en) 2015-09-10 2019-06-11 Retail Space Solutions Llc Retractable hinged shelf display
DE202015105469U1 (en) 2015-10-15 2015-10-20 POS TUNING Udo Voßhenrich GmbH & Co. KG Device for presenting goods
US10159360B2 (en) 2015-10-22 2018-12-25 Process Retail Group, Inc. Stacked can merchandiser
DE202015008264U1 (en) 2015-12-02 2016-01-11 Oechsle Display Systeme Gmbh Front stop of a goods presentation device
EP3402371B1 (en) 2016-01-13 2020-03-04 RTC Industries, Inc. Merchandise display system with an anti-splay device
USD843760S1 (en) 2016-03-02 2019-03-26 Dci Marketing, Inc. Shelf components
USD836954S1 (en) 2016-03-02 2019-01-01 Retail Space Solutions Llc Shelf components
EP3432766A1 (en) 2016-03-23 2019-01-30 DCI Marketing, Inc. dba DCI - Artform Low product indicator for self facing merchandiser and related methods
CA3032040A1 (en) 2016-07-25 2018-02-01 Marmon Retail Store Equipment LLC Merchandiser and methods relating to same
DE202016104354U1 (en) 2016-08-08 2016-08-18 POS TUNING Udo Voßhenrich GmbH & Co. KG Goods feed system and goods display shelf
USD856040S1 (en) 2016-09-12 2019-08-13 Retail Space Solutions Llc Merchandiser parts
US10952548B2 (en) 2016-10-18 2021-03-23 Retail Space Solutions Llc Illuminated merchandiser, retrofit kit and related methods
DE202016006754U1 (en) 2016-11-02 2016-12-22 Oechsle Display Systeme Gmbh Front blade operation
DE202016008093U1 (en) 2016-12-13 2017-01-30 POS TUNING Udo Voßhenrich GmbH & Co. KG Pusher System
US10470590B2 (en) 2017-02-15 2019-11-12 Retail Space Solutions Llc Bracket for product display grid and related methods
US9782017B1 (en) 2017-03-13 2017-10-10 Henschel-Steinau, Inc. Display and dispensing apparatus and method
US11045017B2 (en) 2017-04-27 2021-06-29 Retail Space Solutions Llc Shelf-mounted tray and methods relating to same
JP6397114B1 (en) 2017-12-14 2018-09-26 Tbカワシマ株式会社 Inclined sheet material and method of manufacturing inclined sheet material

Patent Citations (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3873195A (en) * 1973-07-05 1975-03-25 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Slide tray
US4460096A (en) * 1980-10-20 1984-07-17 Bristol-Myers Company Shelf organizer
US4454948A (en) * 1981-11-23 1984-06-19 The Mead Corporation Gravity feed display unit
EP0270016A2 (en) * 1986-11-29 1988-06-08 Werner Schenk Construction kit for a goods display box
US5738019A (en) * 1993-11-01 1998-04-14 Ppe Limited Adjustable shelf assembly for merchandising display stand
KR0132359B1 (en) * 1994-02-17 1998-04-13 로버트 에프. 리왈스키 Profile and vehicle having a profile mounted thereon
US5673801A (en) * 1996-03-25 1997-10-07 Markson Rosenthal & Company Shelf organizer display
US6325221B2 (en) * 1997-11-08 2001-12-04 Display Industries, Llc Merchandising display track device of multiple-piece construction
US6533131B2 (en) * 1999-12-02 2003-03-18 Plasti-Rapid System for displaying products for sale
US6299004B1 (en) * 1999-12-10 2001-10-09 Trion Industries, Inc. Shelf organizing system
US6615995B2 (en) * 2001-10-31 2003-09-09 Display Industries, Llc. Merchandising display track device
US20070267367A1 (en) * 2003-01-21 2007-11-22 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Shelving system
US20050139560A1 (en) * 2003-10-10 2005-06-30 Burnes Operating Company Llc U-channel display unit
US9930973B2 (en) * 2005-09-12 2018-04-03 Rtc Industries, Inc. Product management display system with trackless pusher mechanism
US7905364B2 (en) * 2007-06-06 2011-03-15 Opher Pail Product display system, method and apparatus
US20100252519A1 (en) * 2009-04-03 2010-10-07 Presence From Innovation, Llc Glide system with adjustable dividers and modular floor members
US20140263134A1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Dual end divider
US9730529B2 (en) * 2015-11-06 2017-08-15 Displays Plus, Inc. Universal merchandising system

Cited By (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10856671B2 (en) 2017-01-05 2020-12-08 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray and display incorporating same
US11793328B2 (en) * 2017-01-05 2023-10-24 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray and display incorporating same
US20220408940A1 (en) * 2017-01-05 2022-12-29 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray and display incorporating same
US10638856B2 (en) * 2017-01-05 2020-05-05 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray and display incorporating same
US11457748B2 (en) 2017-01-05 2022-10-04 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray and display incorporating same
US11197562B2 (en) 2017-01-05 2021-12-14 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray and display incorporating same
US10709264B1 (en) 2017-01-05 2020-07-14 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray and display incorporating same
US11045017B2 (en) 2017-04-27 2021-06-29 Retail Space Solutions Llc Shelf-mounted tray and methods relating to same
US10952532B2 (en) * 2017-05-09 2021-03-23 Rickard Nilsson Shelf unit for a shelving system and shelving system
US11350769B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2022-06-07 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US11707142B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2023-07-25 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US10952547B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2021-03-23 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US10842294B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2020-11-24 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US10617228B2 (en) * 2017-12-01 2020-04-14 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US10709263B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2020-07-14 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US10694869B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2020-06-30 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US11564507B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2023-01-31 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US11832738B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2023-12-05 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US10470587B2 (en) * 2017-12-01 2019-11-12 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US11350768B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2022-06-07 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US11510507B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2022-11-29 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US20230329453A1 (en) * 2017-12-01 2023-10-19 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray
US10959543B2 (en) 2018-05-25 2021-03-30 Retail Space Solutions Llc Tray accessory and tray with mounting structure
US11246428B2 (en) 2018-07-16 2022-02-15 Retail Space Solutions Llc Product display merchandiser and related methods
US10604342B1 (en) * 2018-08-20 2020-03-31 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Reconfigurable sortation wall
US20200187675A1 (en) * 2018-12-17 2020-06-18 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail shelving system
US11369215B2 (en) * 2018-12-17 2022-06-28 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail shelving system
US10912398B2 (en) 2019-02-11 2021-02-09 Retail Space Solutions Llc Adjustable-width pusher tray assembly
US11324340B2 (en) 2019-02-11 2022-05-10 Retail Space Solutions Llc Modular pusher tray assembly
US20220265041A1 (en) * 2019-11-11 2022-08-25 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Product Divider Assembly
US11910918B2 (en) * 2019-11-11 2024-02-27 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Product divider assembly
US11583110B2 (en) 2020-04-23 2023-02-21 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise shelving system
US20230147456A1 (en) * 2020-04-23 2023-05-11 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise shelving system
US11517127B2 (en) 2020-08-05 2022-12-06 Fasteners for Retails, Inc. Retail merchandise tray with mounting, spacing and locating
US11849864B2 (en) 2020-08-05 2023-12-26 Fasteners For Retail, Inc. Retail merchandise tray with mounting, spacing, and locating
IT202200008855A1 (en) * 2022-05-02 2023-11-02 Trt Telecom Radio Electr DEVICE FOR THE AUTOMATIC ADVANCEMENT OF CANNED PRODUCTS DISPLAYED ON SHELVES

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US10959540B2 (en) 2021-03-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10959540B2 (en) Shelf management system, components thereof, and related methods
US10154739B2 (en) Universal merchandiser and methods relating to same
US7124898B2 (en) Merchandising system
EP3402371B1 (en) Merchandise display system with an anti-splay device
US20080164229A1 (en) Merchandising system
US20080011696A1 (en) Merchandising and product display system
US11864649B2 (en) Method of installing mounting system with insertable brackets and support brackets
US4765492A (en) Display assemblies for integrated modular store fixture system
EP3257404B1 (en) Product management display system
CA2993638C (en) Merchandiser and methods relating to same
US6357606B1 (en) Modular self-adjusting merchandise display system
US11045017B2 (en) Shelf-mounted tray and methods relating to same
EP1617745B1 (en) System for attaching accessories to a shelf
US8025162B2 (en) Product management display system
EP0773727B1 (en) Display system
US20080156752A1 (en) Merchandising System
CA2932406C (en) Universal merchandiser and methods relating to same
US20180035825A1 (en) Adjustable grid mount and related methods
WO2017066320A1 (en) Product management display system
CN106163342B (en) Product management display system
US11691815B2 (en) Roller tracks with removable roller support bars, cable dividers and living hinges
EP3361912A1 (en) Product management display system
EP1646977A2 (en) Merchandising system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: BIG.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

AS Assignment

Owner name: RETAIL SPACE SOLUTIONS LLC, WISCONSIN

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:PADVOISKIS, JULIA;WILLS, MATTHEW;POLLPETER, ERIC;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20171212 TO 20180122;REEL/FRAME:045062/0863

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE AFTER FINAL ACTION FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NOTICE OF ALLOWANCE MAILED -- APPLICATION RECEIVED IN OFFICE OF PUBLICATIONS

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: PUBLICATIONS -- ISSUE FEE PAYMENT VERIFIED

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE